This is only a preview of the March 2021 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 36 of the 112 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "High-Current Four Battery/Cell Balancer":
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Mini Isolated Serial Link":
Items relevant to "Battery Multi Logger - Part 2":
Items relevant to "Electronic Wind Chimes - Part 2":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
MARCH 2021
ISSN 1030-2662
03
The VERY BEST DIY Projects!
9 771030 266001
$995* NZ $1290
INC GST
INC GST
High-Current
Battery Balancer
Isolated Serial Link
use it with our Battery Balancer
FREE with this issue*
The History of Videotape
quadruplex ❚ helical scan ❚ cassettes ❚ digital
*Australia only
All About Capacitors
how
how they
they work
work and
and where
where to
to use
use them
them
Want to build your
very own Smart plug? $6995
CLUB OFFER
BUNDLE DEAL
Here’s a great project that lets you use your
Smartphone (using Bluetooth®) to turn on/
off any appliance such as a TV, computer,
table lamp, etc. directly from the power point
without getting up off the couch or out of bed.
SAVE 20%
KIT VALUED AT $89.75
SKILL LEVEL: Beginner
For step-by-step
instructions scan
the QR code.
www.jaycar.com.au/bluetooth-powerpoint
See other projects at www.jaycar.com.au/arduino
What You Need:
1 x Arduino® Compatible UNO Board
1 x Arduino® Compatible Bluetooth®V4.0 BLE Module
1 x Wireless Transmitter Module 433MHz
1 x Mains Outlet
1 x 40 Piece 150mm Plug to Socket Jumper Leads
JUST
14
$
95
A mixed pack of jumper leads for your
Arduino®, breadboarding and prototyping
projects. 150mm long. WC6027
100
gift card
Awesome
projects by
On Sale 24 February to
23 March, 2021
JUST
39
$
Jumper Leads Mixed Pack 100 Pieces
$
XC4410 $29.95
XC4382 $29.95
ZW3100 $13.95
MS6149 $9.95
WC6028 $5.95
Light Duty Hook-up Wire Pack 8 Rolls
Quality 13 x 0.12mm tinned hook-up wire
on plastic spools. 8 rolls of different colour
included. 25m on each roll. WH3009
Got a great
project or kit idea?
JUST
4495
95
$
Heatshrink Pack with Gas Powered Heat Blower
An assortment of 160 heatshrink tubes in 7 different colours and
sizes, plus 1 gas powered heat gun with Piezo ignition. TH1620
If we produce or publish your electronics, Arduino or
Pi project, we’ll give you a complimentary $100 gift card.
Upload your idea at projects.jaycar.com
Looking for
your next build?
Silicon Chip projects:
jaycar.com.au/c/silicon-chip-kits
Kit back catalogue:
jaycar.com.au/kitbackcatalogue
1800 022 888
www.jaycar.com.au
Shop online and enjoy 1 hour click & collect
or free delivery on orders over $99*
Exclusions apply - see website for full T&Cs.
*
Contents
Vol.34, No.3
March 2021
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Features & Reviews
10 Hoarding: Urban Electronic Archaeology
Sorting through an extensive collection of electronic items is a task not too
dissimilar to working on an archaeological dig site. It’s why it’s important to
have items properly recorded to help sort the ‘rubbish’ from the ‘gems’ – by Dr
David Maddison
30 Fetrons, and the All-Fetron Radio
Fetrons are a solid-state replacement (typically drop-in) for pentode
(sometimes triode) valves. I was so fascinated by them I decided to design a
radio using only Fetrons – by Dr Hugo Holden
44 The History of Videotape – Quadruplex
Our Battery Balancer can handle up
to four series-connected batteries
per unit, and suits most common
battery types. It can handle batteries
or cells from 2.5-15V, with a charging
current up to 50A – Page 21
The first article in a series of four detailing the history of tape-based recording,
starting with Ampex’s quadruplex recorder and ending with the move to digital
video – by Ian Batty, Andrew Switzer & Rod Humphris
72 All About Capacitors
There’s a lot to consider when choosing what capacitors to use for a design, due
to the huge variety of them. This article explains how most capacitors are made,
how each type differs and what performance you can expect – by Nicholas Vinen
Constructional Projects
21 High-Current Four Battery/Cell Balancer – Part 1
Many battery balancers are inefficient due to dumping excess charge for a
given cell. But our new Battery Balancer redirects that extra charge into other
cells, charging faster with little heat or waste – by Duraid Madina
68 Mini Isolated Serial Link
A look at the beginnings of
videotape recording, starting with
systems like the BBC’s Vera and
Ampex’s quadruplex VR-1000A –
Page 44
This postage-stamp sized module provides isolated, bi-directional, full-duplex
serial communications. It can easily be used with our new Battery Balancer to
charge even more batteries or cells – by Tim Blythman
84 Battery Multi Logger – Part 2
Following on from last month, we will go over the construction, setup, testing
and calibration required to finish your Battery Multi Logger – by Tim Blythman
92 Electronic Wind Chimes – Part 2
In the final part of this series, we cover how to modify the wind chime itself so
that it can be driven by a series of solenoids. You can then play your own tunes
without relying on the wind – by John Clarke
Your Favourite Columns
This Mini Isolated Serial Link can
be used with our Battery Balancer
to manage even more batteries or
cells. But it’s also useful any time
you need to send isolated signals
between two boards – Page 68
39 Circuit Notebook
(1) Low-noise mic preamp (2) Two quartz crystal oscillators using a flip-flop
(3) Displaying digits using single RGB LEDs (4) The Omnidetector
61 Serviceman’s Log
If it isn’t one thing, it’s another – by Dave Thompson
100 Vintage Radio
Kriesler Triplex 41-21 portable transistor radio – by Ian Batty
Everything Else
2 Editorial Viewpoint
4 Mailbag – Your Feedback
siliconchip.com.au
98 Silicon Chip Online Shop
106 Product Showcase
107 Ask Silicon Chip
111 Market Centre
Australia’s
magazine
112
Noteselectronics
and Errata
112 Advertising Index
Capacitors come in all shapes
and sizes, and because of this it
is confusing trying to pick one.
So we’ve detailed some of the
important aspects of capacitors,
such as dielectrics etc – Page 72
March 2021 1
www.facebook.com/siliconchipmagazine
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher/Editor
Nicholas Vinen
Technical Editor
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc.
Bao Smith, B.Sc.
Tim Blythman, B.E., B.Sc.
Nicolas Hannekum, Dip. Elec. Tech.
Technical Contributor
Duraid Madina, B.Sc, M.Sc, PhD
Art Director & Production Manager
Ross Tester
Reader Services
Ann Morris
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Dave Thompson
David Maddison B.App.Sc. (Hons 1),
PhD, Grad.Dip.Entr.Innov.
Geoff Graham
Associate Professor Graham Parslow
Ian Batty
Cartoonist
Brendan Akhurst
Founding Editor (retired)
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Silicon Chip is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 626 922 870. ABN 20
880 526 923. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Subscription rates (12 issues):
$105.00 per year, post paid, in Australia.
For overseas rates, see our website or
email silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Recommended & maximum price only.
Editorial office:
Unit 1 (up ramp), 234 Harbord Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
Editorial Viewpoint
Older devices involved
creative engineering
While I am not particularly into ‘retro’ electronics
like vintage radios, vintage computers etc, I find some
of the articles on these topics quite interesting. You
can tell that the designers of these devices had to be
very clever to use the meagre resources available to
them to solve some quite tricky problems.
Take the four-part series of articles on Videotape
Recording starting in this issue (on page 44). Younger readers (say, those
under 30) probably don’t remember much about videotape.
I was young when the VHS/Beta ‘war’ was raging, and by the time I was
old enough to use a VCR, VHS had taken over. I remember the machines
being quite finicky, and they would sometimes go wrong (in the worst case,
‘eating’ a tape) for no apparent reason. But for the most part, they worked
quite well, albeit with video quality that I now consider awful.
Having read the articles mentioned above, I realise now how complicated
the loading systems were. With so many parts having to move in concert, in
a device produced at a relatively low cost, it’s no wonder they went wrong
sometimes! So my hat’s off to the engineers that designed those mechanisms;
it must have been a lot of effort to get them to work reliably.
Another thing that’s apparent in reading these articles is how much ‘outsidethe-box’ thinking went into developing the core technologies enabling video
recording, especially helical scan. It seems kind of obvious in retrospect,
but it took lots of smart people many years to develop a device which could
record an hour or two of video on a reasonably compact, easy-to-use and
low-cost cassette.
It was an incremental, evolutionary process too, as is so common with
technological advancements. There were several generations of video
recording between the first useful machines (Ampex quadruplex) and the
final ‘sorted’ generation of consumer machines, which I guess you could say
was hifi VHS.
Each generation made certain improvements, but often retaining
shortcomings that would be addressed in future. It helped that the later
semiconductor technology allowed more signal processing to be crammed
into smaller machines.
I guess my point is that you might enjoy those articles even if you’re
too young to remember the technology being described, and aren’t terribly
interested in the topics themselves. You might still learn something and enjoy
the journey of discovery.
I can make a similar comment about the article on Fetrons; they are
interesting because they give you a glimpse of the transitional period when
valves were being phased out in favour of transistors. Again, it took innovative
engineering to make transistors operate like valves.
Also, consider some of the techniques described in our Vintage Radio
columns like reflexing, combined mixers/oscillators and some of the design
choices in early transistor sets. Even if you aren’t really into radio, you can
appreciate the amount of work that went into getting the most performance
out of a few (then costly) active devices.
That’s the sort of engineering that I really appreciate, and I think the people
who came up with those ideas must have done a lot of brainstorming to reach
those ‘Eureka!’ moments.
Printing and Distribution:
Nicholas Vinen
24-26 Lilian Fowler Pl, Marrickville 2204
2
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 3
MAILBAG
your feedback
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may edit and has the right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This also applies to
submissions to “Ask Silicon Chip”, “Circuit Notebook” and “Serviceman”.
BWD602 successfully repaired
Thanks for publishing my letter asking for help in the February issue (page
six). I have managed to get the BWD602
working again. It uses 18 transistors,
one dual valve and several diodes.
Seven transistors were faulty; two
were overheated to the point of charring the fibreglass board. Two resistors
were open-circuit, and one polyester
cap was shorted. I also replaced most
of the electrolytic capacitors.
It was built around 1970 and incorporates a signal generator (0.5Hz to
500kHz), a 7W amplifier, a variablegain preamp, 6.3V AC supply, 0-24V
DC supply, 0-300V DC supply and a 0
to -50V DC supply. Happy days, and
thank you for your help.
Trevor Collins,
Bellevue, WA.
60.0kHz (JJY). The distance is 7320km
(Sydney minus 453km). Amazing for
the tiny ferrite rod inside the watch.
What I really like is the “synchronisation successful” display on the
bottom right. If it is visible, the signal
was received OK!
Hans J. Schaefer,
Armidale, NSW.
More information on the microtester
Radio Time Signals article feedback
Dr David Maddison’s article on Radio Time Signals in the February issue was an excellent read (siliconchip.
com.au/Article/14736). Now I know
how my Casio 3043 watch really
works!
I bought it in 2011 in Germany
and used it a lot, until fate (my wish)
brought me to Australia eventually.
Sadly, I got no signal in Sydney (had
to do with Llandilo on SW then). I was
surprised...
But I have lived in Armidale, NSW
for a couple of years now – Australia’s highest township (almost 1000m
high). I live in the highest part, North
Hill.
I tried my watch again, with the
help of the very good manual, which
suggested linking to Japan. Setting the
world time to Tokyo, and putting the
watch overnight on a window ledge
pointing North, synchronisation happened quite reliably, every midnight
(in Tokyo)!
According to the manual, I must
be connected to Fukuoka/Saga on
4
Silicon Chip
11V, thus defeating the point of using
a power meter to check that it’s getting
the correct voltage.
Peter Gutmann,
Auckland, New Zealand.
Comment: you have a good point; it’s
always a good idea to check the shunt
value in any current meter before using
it, to ensure that it is well matched to
the expected maximum current. This
device appears to have an excessively
high-value shunt resistor. The voltage
drop should ideally be under 100mV
for low-voltage appliances.
Panel meter burden voltages
The December 2020 article “Mini
Digital Volt/Amp Panel Meters”
(siliconchip.com.au/Article/14678)
mentions the PZEM-031 which has a
built-in shunt and is less complex to
set up than the PZEM-051.
Readers should be aware that this
model, or at least one of the many ones
available from AliExpress, seems to
have a considerable load-dependent
voltage drop, around 100mV at 150mA
load and 0.9V at 2A load. So if you’re
using it to measure the voltage fed to a
device, the device is getting somewhat
less voltage than the meter is displaying, depending on the load current.
If you have several of them, you can
chain them and see the voltage drop
lower and lower in each subsequent
meter. For example, feeding 12V to a
device could result in it getting, say,
Australia’s electronics magazine
I have read Silicon Chip since the
start, and Electronics Australia before that. You are turning into a bit of
“Popular Mechanics”, which is not a
problem for me, as I have a broad range
of interests. The article on the History
of the Aussie GPO in the September
2020 issue was good (siliconchip.com.
au/Article/14573).
I am not interested in Vintage Radio,
but I know some people like it.
I got the February 2021 issue last
night and read it today. The article on
the Transistor Microtester was very interesting. I found the following comment online, which was apparently
written by the inventor of the device.
Thanks for another good edition.
Laurence Stonard,
Leichhardt, NSW.
Karl-Heinz Kübbeler writes: I’m the
creator of the original version of this
tester; it uses an ATmega8 and a 16x2
character LCD as mentioned in the video. I started this project in early 2009.
After seeing a similar commercial tester (Atlas DCA 55), I thought it would
be an interesting project to try building a similar device myself.
As far as I remember (it’s so long
ago...), my first version could only detect bipolar transistors, diodes, Mosfets and resistors. For this reason, I
called it a “Transistor tester”.
siliconchip.com.au
But the component detection –
by only applying different currents
by two different resistors on each
pin and checking how the voltages
change – worked far better than I had
imagined. So I thought the project
may be useful to others and decided
to release it.
I released the code completely free
to everyone in a German microcontroller forum. At this time I was 16, had
been programming C for only about
two years, and didn’t even know about
open source licenses!
So it’s completely OK for me that
others make money off the project. I’m
really pleased and impressed that this
project got that popular and developed
further by the community.
Many features shown in the video
were added by the community and
not by me: inductor detection, Vloss
and ESR measurement for capacitors,
the battery voltage display, and several more.
Since the community versions completely surpassed it, I stopped active
maintenance of the original version at
some point in 2012.
Just one more thing about the capacitor measurement. In the original
version, it just shorts the capacitor to
discharge it, then charges it via a resistor, and measures the time until an I/O
pin connected to the capacitor changes
from low to high.
This threshold voltage isn’t too accurate; therefore, the capacitance reading also isn’t very precise. There is no
fancy measurement at 1kHz; in 2009,
I didn’t know that capacitances are
typically measured at 1kHz.
Editor’s comment: I understand what
you mean by the reference to Popular
Mechanics, but as I said in my February editorial, I do not intend to ‘dumb
down’ the magazine.
Silicon Chip is first and foremost
about electronics, but we have always
tried to balance the highly technical
articles with somewhat less technical
articles that we hope have broad appeal. This goes back to the first issue
in November 1987, which included an
article on the transition from steam to
electric locomotives, and other general
interest columns.
We certainly won’t stop publishing
projects or technical features. I think
most readers will agree that there are
plenty of interesting articles in this issue, and we have plenty more coming
up in the next few magazines.
6
Silicon Chip
Magazine enjoyed
I have been reading Australian
electronics journals since Radio and
Hobbies in the late 1950s (I was born
in 1946).
I am very happy to see the successful passing of Silicon Chip into new
hands. The quality of the magazine
is excellent, and I think there are few
journals of this type and quality anywhere in the world.
Silicon Chip has just the right mix of
different types of articles. I’m amazed
that you can continue to come up with
complex original projects at such a
pace. Keep up the good work!
Jim Goding VK3DM,
Princes Hill, Vic.
It’s a small world
I have just begun to read the February edition of Silicon Chip and find I
am in much agreement of what you
have stated in your Editorial Viewpoint. It is good to have a reasonable
mix of projects and not overload a
copy with too many projects. It keeps
the interest much longer.
I found the letter in your Mailbag
section by Rob Fincher very interesting
(January 2021, pages 4-5). His experience is so similar to mine, first attending RMIT and then working within my
first employer’s workplace, namely
ICIANZ (which was later changed to
Orica).
I was at the ICI research facility in
Ascot Vale, and he was at No.1 Nicholson Street, Melbourne (also known as
ICI House). We might have even met.
It was very common for the instrument apprentices where I worked to
build stereo amplifiers. My first one
was the Playmaster 10-10, which I
modified later because I found that the
sinewave turned into a triangle wave
at about 10kHz!
The tuners never really turned out as
expected, although they sort of worked.
The stability and sensitivity could not
match that of commercial units.
I replaced it with the 20W amplifier
out of the Philips Applications Book
2nd Edition, 1971. With that modification, I tossed out the regulated portion of the power supply, removing
most of the heatsinking and improving the power output and frequency
response. It was matched with the
Playmaster 127 control unit all within
the same cabinet as an integrated amplifier. Although rarely used, the unit
is still working.
Australia’s electronics magazine
My experience, which will be different from Rob, is in the design and
repair of scientific laboratory instrumentation. For example, rewinding
the condenser lens coil of an electron
microscope (very old Hitachi one from
the 1970s).
I had to use Lotus 123 with Lotus
measure on an old PC XT to auto-range
an HP oscilloscope via the HPIB bus
(similar to GPIB) for analog signal
measurements, and designed specialised instrumentation which could not
be purchased. Those sort of things
were difficult to do in the 70s and 80s,
but are now commonly embedded in
the instruments bought off-the-shelf.
Finally, I thought I’d mention that
I just fixed a fault in a vintage Denon
precision audio equipment system
comprising of a tuner, a graphic equaliser and an amplifier type PMA 55. A
power transistor in the amplifier somehow got all three legs dislodged from
the PCB. The tuner also was faulty in
that one of the primary 120V windings
was open-circuit.
As there are no more parts available for this unit, I could not repair the
tuner, but the amplifier was an easy
fix. There are no circuit diagrams nor
manuals that I could find. The unit is
not even listed on the Denon website.
But it all ended well, and the amplifier
and graphic equaliser are now working well.
I do not know whether it was a
manufacturing fault or someone else
changed TR902 because only the power transistor leads’ tips were soldered.
I improved it slightly by dropping the
leads so that the thick part of the leads
gave mechanical strength to the solder joints.
Wolf-Dieter Kuenne,
Bayswater, Vic.
`
j
v
`j
jv
`v
`jv
Suggestions for future articles
Having more articles than space is
truly a good problem to have, on which
I have a few thoughts. I have been delighted with Silicon Chip, for many
years now, and would be happy if you
didn’t change anything, however...
Considering your staff wages, rising
material costs and the need to make
a profit for sustainability, I believe
you must, at least, keep up with CPI.
I would be happy to pay a little more
each year for your quality magazine
as my pension goes up most years.
To me, Silicon Chip represents great
value.
siliconchip.com.au
h
Delivering more
The widest selection of semiconductors and
electronic components in stock and ready to ship
au.mouser.com
australia<at>mouser.com
I don’t use binders as the issues tend
to sag and become misshapen due to
gravity and also they are not protected from vermin. I keep yearly groups
in large zip-lock bags fully sealed,
marked by date, and my oldest editions
are still in pristine condition. Therefore, a few extra pages will make no
difference for storage.
Constructional project articles could
be reduced in size by removing the actual ‘construction’ or ‘assembly’ sections and making them available for
download from your website for those
readers who will actually make the
project. You could then include much
more detailed descriptions and pictures
to assist with the actual assembly.
I would like more articles on modern radio-controlled equipment. Your
series on El Cheapo Modules could
include some from Pololu. I, only accidentally, came across a very clever
Pololu Simple Motor Controller G2, for
which I am very grateful. Their range
of innovative boards is extensive, and
their local service is exceptional via
Core Electronics.
Maybe you could counter much of
the rubbish on YouTube. I hope this
makes your decision making on content a little easier!
Stephen Somogyi,
Barrington, NSW.
Comment: thanks for the feedback. We
try to avoid putting too much article
content online because some readers either can’t access online content
or don’t want to. Also, it means that
articles are no longer self-contained.
Obviously, it would help with space
constraints, but there are quite a few
downsides, so we prefer not to do that.
As for the problem fitting magazines in binders; while you might not
use them, many people do, so we still
have to consider whether the maga-
8
Silicon Chip
zines will fit. It would be awkward to
only fit 11 issues in a binder, and while
we could have larger binders made,
they would be considerably larger and
more expensive.
USB SuperCodec
built using custom panels
I wanted to share some photos of my
completed USB SuperCodec (AugustOctober 2020; siliconchip.com.au/
Series/349). Initially, I wanted to apply
a sticker on each panel, but then opted
to make a stencil. However, after contacting different sources to build it, it
turned out that no-one could make a
stencil with small characters.
So I contacted several local workshops and looked for laser engraving,
settling on this one: www.masutai.com
I initially provided a modified .psd
file (from the original PDF), but they
could not work with it on their machines, so I had to redo the design
from scratch with Adobe Illustrator to provide 2D-compatible files. I
sent them my artwork together with
the two original panels, and they engraved them.
I have to say the result is very convincing (as shown below), especially
on the red anodised aluminium! The
unit works very well; I will now experiment with measurements of my
amplifier. I’m supplying the artwork
for you to put on your website, in case
other readers want to do the same (in
.ai and .eps formats) – siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/11/5623
Olivier Aubertin,
Singapore.
The power section tests were successful. The article then said to connect the MCHStreamer to the computer
and confirm the NPN transistor’s collector goes high, but it never did.
With USB disconnected, the baseemitter voltage on the transistor was
0.67V. With USB connected, it was
0.145V, so the transistor should have
turned off. But the reset line (collector of the transistor) never went high.
It was like there was no pull-up resistor, even though the DS1233 datasheet
mentions one.
Phil suggested that I use a multimeter set on a low ohms range to probe
between the various pins and try to
find a short circuit on the board. I got
a measurement of 750W between Vcc
and RST, indicating there was a short
circuit somewhere. I only have a 4-digit meter, but it was still able to point
me toward the IC that had the short.
Once I knew where to look, I managed to find it – it was hiding right
down in the gap between the pin 5
and 6 leads of IC6. I used a magnifier
with a built-in light – without that, I’m
doubtful that I’d have found it, as my
phone doesn’t have a macro mode, so
it’s hard to get focus.
Anyway, a little flux and a brief
touch with the soldering iron was all
that it needed.
Stephen Gordon,
Thurgoona, NSW.
Another request for a digital preamp
Tricky fault-finding was successful
I have just read the February issue
and note that on p112, in Ask Silicon Chip, there is a letter from O. A.
in Singapore. Your reply indicated
that you are working on a new digital
preamp design.
Years ago, I built the “Precision
Preamplifier ’96” designed by Douglas
Self and featured in Wireless World.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
I would like to thank Phil Prosser
for helping me to find the fault in my
USB SuperCodec (August-October
2020; siliconchip.com.au/Series/349).
This preamp is still running well after
nearly 25 years – but it does not have
remote control!
What is does have, however, is an
analog active gain stage with its many
advantages, one of which is excellent
channel balance solely dependent on
a pot’s mechanical alignment.
A digital design may no longer require a ganged pot, but if the active
gain feature could be incorporated
along with tone controls, plus remote
control – I can’t wait to build it.
Regards, and thanks-in-hope!
Norman Hughes,
Sanctuary Point, NSW.
I support the suggestion by J. C. of
Point Cook, Vic in the August 2020
issue regarding an acoustic guitar
preamp project. I would certainly
build one, and I imagine there are a
lot of musicians out there who have
added pickups to a variety of instruments who would also be interested.
I’m assuming it will have a high impedance input option to suit the various piezo pickups available.
Regarding tone control options,
Maton guitars have AP5 preamps installed, which have an excellent reputation. They have treble and bass controls, plus a sweepable mid, which is
a good combination.
I have a Fishman piezo pickup on
a violin which I have been putting
through one of your 12V DC amplifiers. My preamp is guitar-based, with
treble and bass controls only, so it is
a bit limited.
Barry Larkin,
Cranbourne South, Vic.
ably doesn’t help if the line is disconnected at times, but it might make reconnection faster.
It would be good if you could consider making a tester that would allow
you to listen/view the VDSL in a way
that would give a good indication of
whether it’s OK or faulty.
I vaguely remember seeing that line
current did something to keep your
line clean, and ring current could also
help. But I am fairly sure they run the
FTTN lines dry.
Roger Plant,
Belgrave Heights, Vic.
Nicholas comments: most FTTN modems/routers should have diagnostics
interfaces accessible from the web interface (usually in the “Advanced” tab
or similar). It would be challenging to
come up with a standalone device with
the same analysis capabilities.
You make an interesting point regarding the DC line voltage improving DSL signals, and the lack of a polarising voltage on NBN connections.
At my previous two residences, the
only way to get the DSL to remain semistable (after the NBN was announced
and telcos stopped maintaining the
lines) was to leave a phone off-hook.
There are several theories about why
this works, but quite clearly it did.
The good news with FTTN is that
the line back to the node should be a
lot shorter than it was for DSL, which
had to go back to the exchange. But if
you have bad joints in your home, in
the pit(s) out on the street, etc, I could
imagine that DC bias would help. As
you say, with FTTN that has likely
been eliminated, so you’re out of luck.
You’ll just have to keep complaining
until they fix your line!
NBN pitfalls
Another option for subwoofer port
Support for acoustic guitar
preamp project
Not so long ago, if my telephone
was working poorly, I could ring the
ISP using the landline, and often they
would get the idea while trying to
communicate through the clicks and
other line noise. With FTTN, it’s a lot
more opaque. You can’t listen to the
line noise.
I complained about dropouts on our
FTTN connection. Its a bit tedious, as
when it drops out, it will often take at
least five minutes to come back (sometimes hours).
I am on a low-speed plan (with expensive 4G for backup); they seem to
have simply dropped the possible line
speed to increase the SNR. That probsiliconchip.com.au
In the Bass Block Subwoofer article
(January 2021; siliconchip.com.au/
Article/14710), the Author suggests
using PVC pipe or conduit to make
the port, with limitations because
only specific diameters are available.
For the 32mm x 40mm port, I have an
alternative to offer. My wife has some
fabric tubes (probably from Spotlight),
and one is 40mm external diameter,
34mm internal, and 143cm long. It cost
nothing (except for having to buy the
fabric, I suppose). If I make one, I will
coat the tube with paint or varnish to
seal the cardboard.
Paul Gill,
Manly, Qld.
SC
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 9
HoARDING:
urban
Electronic
Archaeology
Don’t let this happen to you! If you have a large collection of anything
(including electronics), you must have a succession plan. It would
also be a good idea for you to periodically ‘clean house’ and allow
collectors – young and old – to pick up items you don’t absolutely need.
I
recently had the task of sorting through an extensive
might be). He had told me that he usually paid $2-5 each
collection of electronic items which were part of a defor these at the weekend markets.
ceased estate. As I had been a long-time friend of the
2) Huge numbers of CDs and floppy disks, mostly for comdeceased, I was permitted to ‘rescue’ any interesting items
puter games, likely never used.
I found, as they would otherwise end up in a landfill.
3) Many car parts, mostly incomplete or used, mostly
There were a vast number of items in the hoard, but
Holden-related and including at least two ‘grey motors’
before I had a chance to go through it, drug addicts and
and one ‘red motor’.
other thieves were reported to have broken in and taken
4) Lots of scrap metal.
anything that could be sold on the street.
5) Numerous pieces of electronic or mechanical equipWhat remained (see opposite for an example) was of
ment, usually incomplete or broken, in various states of
little-to-no monetary value, but still of interest to elecdisassembly with components missing or, in the case of
tronic enthusiasts. In fact, by taking items away, I was
many electrical or electronic items, with the power cords
probably saving the estate the cost of disposing of them.
cut off. This is likely because it is illegal in Victoria to
The collection was accumulated over a lifetime, mostly
sell electrical items without an electrical safety test, and
being purchased from second-hand markets, one being the
for the low value of many items, that is not worthwhile.
well-known Laverton Market in Leakes Rd, Laverton, Vic.
6) Many broken items, as items covered the floor nearly
Many of the other items seem to have been discarded
everywhere. Apart from a few ‘goat tracks’ with limited
by industrial or government laboratories.
visibility of the floor, mostly one had to walk on these
Most of the items were filthy, with 50 or so years of
items to move around the house. If they weren’t broken
accumulated dust and grime, plus damage from being
when acquired, they soon would be. (Some rooms were
thrown into a heap rather than stacked correctly. To get
unreachable due to items stacked floor to ceiling).
the items shown here into presentable condition required
The full extent and composition of the hoard is not known
extensive cleaning
at the time of writing, because what was recovered and preUnlike some hoards, I did not find much actual rubsented here is only what was obvious and at the surface
bish, just a lot of ‘stuff’ in several general categories:
level. In many areas, the hoard was a metre or more thick.
1) A staggering number of generic desktop PCs. These
A variety of older electronic items I found were handwere mostly from the 1990s and 2000s,
made for various scientific or technical
and not collectible computers (such as
purposes. Back in the day, it was common
original IBM, Apple or Commodore PCs By Dr David Maddison for large government, university and com10
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
mercial laboratories to make their own
equipment as it wasn’t always commercially available, or it would take too long
to order it from overseas.
The items I recovered represent an
interesting cross-section of electronics
for virtually the whole of the twentieth
century. The collection of articles presented here also includes items he gave
me while he was alive.
Where I found multiple similar items,
I will show the Australian-made item if
there is one.
Postscript
Although my friend was known by
work colleagues to be brilliant, when
he passed away, there were no funeral
arrangements.
So besides showing some interesting
items, this article also serves as something of a memorial or tribute to his life.
Appropriately for a collector of elec- Just a small part of what I was faced with . . . after drug addicts and thieves had
tronics, his initials were A. C.
already gone through it.
Vintage Gallenkamp switchboard ammeter (1910s)
I found this Gallenkamp ammeter, estimated to be made
around 1910, based on a very
similar one I found in a catalog
(see below). It was found halfimmersed in water.
Philips valve radio
‘battery eliminator’ (1920s)
Valve radio batteries were
expensive. These devices replaced two of the three battery
types (the “B” and “C” batteries) with a mains supply.
The technology at that time
made it difficult to eliminate
the “A” battery.
The one I found is a Philips 3003, made in Holland and very popular in Australia. It appears
that somebody tried to
repair it as many wires
were disconnected.
For more information on this device, including a circuit diagram, see
www.tuberadio.
com/robinson/museum/
Philips_3003/
siliconchip.com.au
Ormond variable condenser (capacitor) (1920s)
This was in a pile of rubbish, but it caught
my attention because it had screw terminals. I
measured its maximum capacitance as 450pF
and determined it to be from the UK brand Ormond, and almost certainly the No. 3 model.
It featured “S.L.F.” or “straight-line frequency”. This meant that through the rotation of the dial, the corresponding frequencies would be linearly proportional
to the dial position.
According to Radio Retailing magazine of December 1925, this “improves the tuning of a set and has
been developed to meet conditions which were becoming almost
intolerable, namely, the crowding of the stations in the lower part
of the present broadcast range”.
Headphone and headphone parts
(1920s to 1940s)
The oldest such item I found was made by
Brandes Ltd, London, and marked “superior
matched tone”. It is one driver from a pair of
headphones. According to radiomuseum.org,
this item dates from approximately 1924-1932.
It is marked “BBC” (probably not the broadcaster) and “Made in England”. Its nominal
impedance is 1000.
I also found a Brunet & Cie driver from their
Casques et Écouteurs Type F model, dated
around 1924 (according to radiomuseum.
org). It was available with an impedance of
either 500 or 2000.
Another was a complete set of Australianmade Q-Plus brand headphones. I could not
find any information online about them, but
Q-Plus was an Australian manufacturer operating from 1947 to at least 1965.
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 11
Astor radio dial (1930s?)
This dial is from an Astor Super Six. I found one
such radio for sale which
described it as being from
the 1930s. It incorporated
an English-made turntable
into a (presumably) Australian-made AM radio.
Smashed or incomplete valve radio chassis (1940s and 1950s)
There were several valve radio chassis without enclosures, all incomplete and/or damaged, as was typical of most items in the hoard.
I passed these on to collectors for spare parts, as they were beyond
any hope of restoration. Many of the chassis were corroded, meaning that their transformers were probably also internally corroded
and thus unusable.
Vintage panel meters
(1940s to 1970s)
I found a variety of vintage panel meters. Here are
a few that were Australianmade (top row) as well as
some from the UK, USA and
Japan. Except for the one by Ernest Turner Electrical Instruments
Ltd, I could find no information to date these accurately, so I had to
make educated guesses based on their styles.
Philips model 164 radio (1955)
This radio is Australian-made.
It was a rare example of a radio from the hoard in a semicomplete condition – except that
Vintage fluorescent light starter (1950s)
This unusual fluorescent starter is a General Electric (USA) FS-850 “Watch Dog” model.
According to the GE “Catalog of Large Lamps”
from 1956, “Watch Dog starters provide
automatic cut-off at the end of lamp life.
This eliminates blinking and protects the
ballast. When a new lamp is installed, a
touch of the manual reset button makes the
starter operative again.”
Flashing fluorescent lights used to be a common and annoying problem, and failing tubes could lead to ballast
damage. It’s a pity this design wasn’t more widely adopted.
Australian-made toggle switch
(1950s?)
This Australian-made threeposition toggle switch of open
construction is marked
“0.5A 250 V.A.C. Only”
and “G.W. Engineering P/L
Sydney Australia”, and was
probably made for a radio. This shows the diversity of Australian
electronic manufacture before 1972.
Admiral 5AW valve radio (1950s)
This was one of the
first, if not the first, valve
radio made in Australia
(and worldwide!) with
a printed circuit board
(PCB). This model was released in 1956, and we published an article
on it in May 2019 (siliconchip.com.au/Article/11633).
It came with an optional clock; in this case, the clock was not fitted. I gave this to a collector for parts.
Mains timer (1950s?)
The electromechanical device shown at left counts to 55
minutes and 59 seconds before
switching off a mains-powered
device.
It is unbranded, but powered by a Warren Telechron
someone has put the dial on upside down! For more on this radio,
go to www.radiomuseum.org/r/
philipsaus_164.html
GEC KT88 audio amplifier valve (1950s)
The KT88 was introduced by GEC in 1956 for audio
amplification, although the manufacturing date of the
one I found is unknown.
It is an example of “new old stock”, but although
this valve was apparently not used, I was advised by
a valve expert that about 10% of “new old” valves are
gassy and unusable.
The type of
valve is a “kinkless
tetrode”, hence the
KT designation. It
can utilise plate voltages
as high as 800V, and in ClassAB1 configuration, can produce
100W of audio power at 2.5%
total harmonic distortion, or 50W at much lower distortion.
This valve is still produced today in China, Russia and Slovakia.
A modern-day Russian version of this tube is reviewed in the video
titled “Genalex Gold Lion KT-88 Tube Review With Audiophile Music” at https://youtu.be/q0QuC2hsWcU
12
Silicon Chip
Type B3 synchronous motor.
They were well known for the
fine and very accurate clocks
they made.
Since a synchronous motor runs at the mains frequency, over the long term, such
clocks are incredibly accurate
because of the long-term stability of the mains frequency.
Judging from the advertisement for the type B3
motor used in this device, I
estimate that it is from the
1950s. Telechron motors,
and the clocks they were
used in, have a fascinating
history.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Power resistor (1950s)
Here’s a power resistor from the Resistance Product Company
(RPC) of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania (USA).
It is a type BBM of 1.25M
±15% and has screw connections at either end. I measured
it at 1.018M, which is a bit
low, but consider that it is likely
60-70 years old and appears to
have some burn marks.
I found an advertisement
for this series from 1951,
stating that it is a high voltage resistor.
Home or laboratory-made power board (1950-1960s?)
Powerboards were not always
commercially available, and in
the early days, had to be custom made. Early examples were
patented in the United States in
1929, 1950 and 1970. Still, the
first successful commercial application seems to be an invention by Australian engineer Peter
Talbot in 1972 (working at Kambrook), which was not patented.
The one shown here has a master switch and five individually
switched outlets. The master switch was combined with a Westinghouse brand circuit breaker of unknown rating (since the label has
worn off), which was made in Sydney.
Antique toggle switches (1950s to 1960s?)
I found a variety of toggle switches, including one made in Australia, probably from before 1972
(and maybe long before that), when
most Australian electronic manufacturing ceased. The Australian brand
was Arrow Alpha, and the switch is
rated at 240VAC, 10A (part number
was 93A 402A).
Resistance box (1950s-1960s?)
The box shown below was probably laboratory-made; upon disassembly, I was surprised to see that the resistors were 5% tolerance types. But they may have been individually selected for having
the desired resistances, because they are generally stable in their
resistance value, no matter what it may be. It contained resistors of
IRC brand (USA), ERG, Painton (UK) and others.
siliconchip.com.au
Decade capacitance
box (1950s to 1960s?)
This is a Danbridge
DK4AV capacitance
box, made in Denmark. It has a variable
capacitance of nominally 50-1050pF plus x0.001, x0.01 and x0.1 dials marked 0 to 10, representing incremental values of 0.01µF, 0.1µF
and 1µF respectively. That gives it a total possible range from 50pF
(0.00005µF) to 1.11105µF.
Its circuit is shown at right.
In testing this item, I noticed that the values provided by the far-left dial
weren’t correct, indicating
that one or more of the associated capacitors might
be faulty. Danbridge still
exists, but didn’t respond
to my inquiries.
The item bears a sticker saying it was supplied by Geo. H. Sample and Son Pty Ltd. That company was established in 1921 and
still exists today (www.johnsamplegroup.com). They became distributors for Hewlett Packard products in 1946, and in 1967, HP
purchased the electronics division of Sample to establish their own
Australian operation.
Selection of Australian radio vibrators (1950s and 1960s)
Vibrators were used in early valve car radios to produce the high
voltages required
for the valve anodes from the 6V
or 12V car battery.
They work by mechanically opening and closing
contacts at around
100-150Hz and
feeding an approximate square
wave into a transformer, which steps the pulsed
DC voltage up, after which it is rectified and filtered.
We have published several articles on vibrators
over the years (eg, in October 1995, September
2003, October 2003, December 2015). For the latest
information, see siliconchip.com.au/Article/9647
and www.cool386.com/msp/msp.html
Precision resistance blocks (1950s and 1960s)
This unbranded set of resistance “blocks”, possibly laboratory-made, is labelled 10.000,
50.000, 100, 500, 1000,
5000, 0.1M, 0.5M and
1M, all ±0.1%.
Measurements indicate that
they are all out of tolerance.
The resistors within these
blocks are branded IRC (International Resistor Corporation), and were high-precision wirewound
types of model WW4J. These were typically used in precision instruments.
I found advertising for that series of resistors in US industrial
electronics magazines from 1955 to 1964.
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 13
Current source? (1950s to 1960s?)
This appears to be custom
made. We believe it is a low current source, and the current was
set according to the meter. Examination revealed that it had two
switches and a range of probably
1-100mA. They are Muirhead rotary stud switches, with a series
of very low resistance shunts
made from resistance wire.
Patent for the Muirhead switches was first filed for in 1952
added features, or Wendell-West might have made it. But no documentation exists online to confirm that.
Even though this example had melted at some point in its history,
and probably hadn’t been turned on in 40 or 50 years, it functioned
well. It had an outer case, but that was in very poor condition.
VARIAC (1960s)
VARIAC is a trade name for a continuously variable autotransformer made
by General Radio. But in Australia,
Warburton Franki was licensed to
use that name (it has now become
generic).
(UK patent GB743709A) and the USA in 1953 (US Patent US2786104A)
– see the PDF at siliconchip.com.au/link/ab5u
According to the US patent, the purpose of these switches was
to offer low contact resistance, maintain the low resistance over a
long period and provide a switch that would operate indefinitely
without lubrication.
Universal bridge (1960s)
The Marconi Instruments TF2700 of 1962 vintage measures
resistance, capacitance and inductance. This instrument is obsolete, as
modern instruments
provide far simpler
and faster means of
measuring those parameters.
Transistor radio (1960s)
This is a bit of a mystery. It is an “eight transistor” radio with medium wave (broadcast band)
AM (MW), a shortwave (SW)
band.
But it has nine transistors,
not eight as indicated on the
front. No identifying marks
as to the brand are apparent;
it might have fallen or worn
off, but it was made in Hong Kong. It looks remarkably similar to
a Wendell-West CR-7A, which was made both in Japan and Hong
Kong in 1968. However, looking at online references, we could find
no information that the CR7A was ever built with SW
reception.
Given its remarkable similarity to the CR-7A, we suspect that it was an unauthorised copy of that model with
14
Silicon Chip
The one shown here looks
to be the V5 Series model
rated at 600VA, with an input
voltage of 240V AC and output between 0 and 280V AC,
as shown in the advertisement at right (from 1963). For
some interesting commentary on variable autotransformers, see https://soundau.com/articles/variac.htm
Mystery Australian power
supply (1960s)
I found this unbranded but seemingly professionally-made (in
Australia) 30V, 1A adjustable power supply in the backyard, with
grass growing through it. Its
main power transistor was
an RCA 2N1490, introduced
in 1957 and replaced by the
2N3055 in 1969. There was
also a 2N657 transistor with
what looked like a 1965 date
stamp.
It also had Australian-made capacitors in it, meaning that it was almost
certainly made before 1972 when
much of our industry ceased producing. It had a double-sided PCB as a
subassembly.
As there is no branding on the supply, it might have been made in an industry or government laboratory.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Precision potentiometer (1960s)
This precision multi-turn wirewound
potentiometer is a Beckman Helipot 7286.
According to the Science History Institute
(https://digital.sciencehistory.org/works/
q811kk07w), it was made between 1950
and 1969.
siliconchip.com.au
Helipot stands for helical potentiometer. These devices were invented in 1940 by Arnold O. Beckman for his pH meter, but were later
used in radar equipment during WW2 due to their high precision.
Electromechanical timing device (1960s)
This item starts and stops an electromechanical timer when the
start/stop button is pressed, like a stopwatch. It is reset using the
rotary wheel. It runs up to 99999.9 seconds or about 27 hours. Markings on internal components suggest dates of 1964 and 1965. This
item is unbranded and appears to be laboratory-made.
High-power 5 resistive load (1960s?)
This unbranded item looks to be professionally made, possibly in
a laboratory. It contains a very large custom-manufactured, handwound power resistor on a ceramic former. The windings are coated
in ceramic cement. It measured precisely 5, indicating that it is a
precision component.
Collection of resistors (1960s)
I found many vitreous enamelled wirewound resistors. They are
high-quality British-made Welwyn W24 types of 22K ±5%. These
were mostly used in commercial and military equipment, but were
also used in some consumer
products such as early TVs.
They probably date to the
1960s.
This type of resistor is still
produced today, with a power rating of 14W and voltage
limit of 750V. TT Electronics
now own Welwyn.
Electronic project box
made from an oil can (1960s?)
Before you could visit Jaycar, Altronics or other retailers to buy an
electronic project box, it was necessary to fabricate your own. The one
shown here was made from
some scrap galvanised steel
sheet and part of an oil can.
According to the Castrol
website (see siliconchip.
com.au/link/ab5v), Castrolite with “Liquid Tungsten” as
written on the repurposed can
siliconchip.com.au
was introduced in the 1960s.
Selenium rectifier (1960s?)
Before semiconductor rectifiers such as germanium or
silicon p-n junction diodes,
solid-state rectifiers were
made from selenium (also a
semiconductor) in contact
with cadmium selenide on a
metal substrate, with steel or
aluminium as the carrier plate
for the selenium. They were sometimes known as “metal rectifiers”.
Many such plates could be stacked to provide a greater voltage
capability. They are not easy to test with modern ohmmeters because
they have a forward voltage of around 2-5V per plate, so the ohmmeter would have to provide a high bias voltage; otherwise, they
would read open-circuit. They were invented in 1933 and used until
the 1960s, when replaced with silicon diode rectifiers.
Grundig GDM308 microphone (1960s)
According to the radiomuseum.org website, the
microphone shown here
was made around 1965.
AWA Teleradio 60B (1960s)
This Australian-made
AWA Teleradio 60B transceiver used hybrid technology,
with transistors throughout,
except for the transmitter
oscillator and final amplifier,
which used valves. Its frequency range was 2-10MHz.
Also, refer to the advertisement below.
We don’t know exactly when
the 60B model was released,
but according to radiomuseum
.org, the 60A was released in
1965. The only difference between the two was the value
of a single resistor, reducing
the output power from 35W
to 25W for the 60B for regulatory reasons.
One of the predecessors of
the 60A/B was the AWA Teleradio 3BZ coast watcher’s radio,
which was used during WW2 in
Australia by coast watchers. It
was an important radio for the
war effort. See the video titled
“3BZ coast watchers radio found
in jungle” at https://youtu.be/
dT2elMKmwzM
For further details and circuit
diagrams for this radio, see the
following links:
siliconchip.com.au/link/ab5w
siliconchip.com.au/link/ab5x
siliconchip.com.au/link/ab5y
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 15
Telephone bell (1960s)
This telephone extension
bell was manufactured in
1965 by Amalgamated Wireless (Australasia) Ltd (AWA)
in Australia. It is 12/3B and is
rated to ring at 70V AC. Each
coil has a resistance of 500.
Department of Supply capacitors (1960s or 1970s?)
Here’s a package of ten capacitors
from the Australian Government Department of Supply, which ceased to
operate in 1974.
The brand was possibly Apcos.
Presumably, these capacitors were
for military use.
Telephone magneto and bell (1960s?)
This old telephone magneto and bell might be considered a piece of kinetic folk
art. The wires had become
disconnected, but the idea
was that the bell would ring
when the magneto is turned.
BWD Oscilloscope (1960s)
The BWD 502 oscilloscope
is from 1966. It has a 5-inch
CRT (cathode ray tube) for
display, as was typical at the
time, and used five valves
(two 6DJ8s, one 6BL8 and
two 6AU6s) and 11 transistors
(four 2N3694s, six BC107s and
one 2N3565). I’m not sure if it
works as the power cord had
been cut off.
BWD Electronics Pty Ltd
was a Melbourne-based company which made electronic
test equipment, from 1955
until the company was deregistered in 1993. It was founded by John Beesley, Peter Wingate and
Bob Dewey, hence the name.
The company was purchased by McVan Instruments, which is
now the Dutch company Observator Instruments (siliconchip.com.
au/link/ab5z). Many documents such as manuals and advertising
related to BWD can be found at www.kevinchant.com
Voltage reference (1960s or 1970s?)
This voltage reference is
home-built or, more likely, laboratory-built.
It uses a
1N429 zener diode
as a voltage reference.
16
Silicon Chip
Hi-Need electronic sample book (1960s?)
This electronic component sample
book contains samples and technical
information of every component the
Japanese company sells or sold. We
could find no reference to this company online.
The components appear to be of mid1960s vintage (many different types of
components are stamped
with either “64” or “66”).
See the video I made titled “Hi-Need electronic component sample
book” at https://youtu.be/
C0tqY89MiTk
Dual power supply (1970s)
Modern power
supplies have become quite small,
especially compared to this one,
given the modest
output it produces. It provides a relatively modest 2 x 0-20V at 1A,
yet occupies a 19-inch rack enclosure. The semiconductor date
stamps show 1978.
Timer/counter/frequency meter (1970s)
This piece is
presented as it
was found. Examination revealed
a semiconductor
with a date stamp
of 1974, so this would be its approximate manufacturing date. The
device was unbranded, but it had a circuit board inside labelled “RMIT
Department of Applied Physics”. It could have been a teaching aid.
CB radio power supplies (1970s and 1980s)
Many readers will remember these; Australian-made 12V, 2A
power supplies for CB radios used in base-station configurations,
created for the 27MHz CB craze of the late 1970s and 1980s. Later,
UHF CB on 477MHz took over.
Unlike modern power supplies, these were not switchmode but
used a transformer and rectifier. I found many of these in the hoard,
mostly with their cords cut and evidence of having been exposed to
the elements.
The example shown is the
Panther brand, which was either
made or distributed by G.A.F.
Control Pty Ltd in Melbourne. It
had approval number V77486/
PS132.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
e
u
g
o
l
a
t
a
C
2021-22
!
W
O
N
T
U
O
00 new lines!
2
1
r
e
v
O
.
s
ic
n
st in electro
te
la
e
th
h
it
w
d
424 pages fille
Yours FREE with this issue of Silicon Chip. If you didn’t receive your copy,
contact your newsagent or register at www.altronics.com.au/catalogue
to receive one by post for FREE!
1300 797 007
®
Shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
Build It Yourself Electronics
Australia’s electronics magazine
MarchCentres
2021 17
siliconchip.com.au
Akigawa L-120B multimeter (1970s or 1980s)
This photo shows a late 1970s or 1980s
miniature analog moving-coil multimeter,
with a mirrored scale and 2mm jack sockets. It has a typical-for-the-era 20k per
volt DC meter impedance. It is a neat piece,
but I couldn’t find any reference to it online.
Analog meters aren’t obsolete, and still
have niche uses today, such as watching
values change that would be too fast to see
on a digital meter.
However, due to their lower impedance
than digital meters, they do load circuits
more.
Electronics Australia Low Distortion Audio Oscillator (1980s)
This was built from a kit,
described in the December
1986 and January 1987 issues of Electronics Australia. It featured an ultra-low-distortion
audio oscillator in the
range 10Hz to 100kHz
with a very stable output level. The low-distortion feature is vital for the accurate setting
of steep-cut notch filters and measuring the low distortion of modern amplifiers.
It was built with the optional meter which would have cost an extra $25. Apart from some dirty switch and potentiometer contacts,
it still works well.
The table below shows a comparison of the distortion specifications of this oscillator with those of a commercial HP 209A (first
made in 1968, but still in use today). Clearly, the EA project was an
outstanding performer!
Frequency
20Hz
100Hz
1kHz
10kHz
20kHz
100kHz
EA design
< 0.0075%
< 0.0015%
< 0.001%
< 0.002%
< 0.005%
< 0.02%
HP 209A in low-distortion mode
0.085%
0.077%
0.038%
0.047%
0.055%
0.051%
Table 1 – sinewave THD performance comparing the
EA signal generator with the HP209A
Realistic SA-10 (1980s)
This low-cost Realistic SA-10
audio amplifier was a surprisingly
popular amplifier, produced from
1975 to 1994.
It was sold in Australia by
Tandy (owned by Radio Shack in
the USA). They started production with a silver face, which was changed to black in 1979. Even
today, they are popular as a bench test amplifier (despite mediocre
performance at best!). This one has a QC mark date code of 1985.
There were three versions produced, including a discrete version
and an IC-based version. All had an output of 1W/channel with 10%
THD. See the video titled “Realistic SA-10 stereo amplifier” at https://
youtu.be/K8DvfmOkDDc
This one is the 31-1982B, with a ceramic cartridge input (popular
at the time) rather than a more modern magnetic one.
18
Silicon Chip
Homemade breadboard rig (1980s)
This looks like a home- or laboratory-made breadboard rig which
includes a signal generator, frequency meter and multimeter. It is
made to a very high standard. Inside are Intersil 7107
LED DPM and Intersil ICM
7226A evaluation kits, as well
as some custom boards.
The Intersil boards provide
the 3.5-digit LED display, A/D
converter, voltage reference
and clock; and 8-digit multifunction
frequency counter and timer respectively.
For further information on the ICL71XX series see siliconchip.
com.au/link/ab60 and for information on the 7226A, see siliconchip.
com.au/link/ab61
We estimate this piece is from the early 1980s, as the 7226A IC
had a 1981 date code on it and the unit employed Australian-made
Ferguson transformers.
Speedie Walkvision TV (1990s)
A near-totally useless item (today!)
is this battery- or DC-operated monochrome TV.
According to radiomuseum.org, it
would have been made around 1990.
“Test Master” (1990s)
This looks like it might have been made from a kit but we could
not identify it as being from SILICON CHIP, EA or any other Australian electronics magazine.
It is a beautifullymade test apparatus
that provides power,
audio amplification,
square and sinewave
generation and transistor test functions.
Unusually for a homemade device, it includes cable-lacing and edge connectors.
We found a receipt inside for a component used to build it from Dick Smith
Electronics, dated 1991.
Electric fence energiser (1990s)
Here’s a weatherbeaten, Thunderbird M200 electric fence energiser, probably from the 1990s or 2000s. These
units were made in Mudgee, NSW by Country
Electronics Pty Ltd.
As with many devices in the hoard, the power
cord had been cut off, so its working condition
is unknown. We couldn’t easily open the unit to
inspect it because, even though it had a screwon back, it had also been sealed with adhesive.
It is mains-powered and can energise up to
20km of electric fence with 6.8-7.2kV “zaps”
to encourage livestock not to try to cross it. It
consumes about 7-11W.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Electret microphone (1990s)
The Realistic/Radio Shack
33-1065 stereo electret microphone shown here was discontinued
around 1992. The individual microphones
are hinged for storage or greater spatial
separation. It is battery-powered and was
made in Japan.
As a matter of trivia, this model was used
as the basis of a movie prop in Ghostbusters
2 (the “Giga Meter” – see below).
Helping to put you in Control
Universal Input to 4-20mA Transmitter
Universal Thermocouple, RTD and voltage Input
to 4-20mA Transmitter mounted in an IP65
weatherproof box.
SKU: KTA-367
Price: $132.28 ea
ESP32 Controller
Arduino-compatible ESP32 controller with 2
relay outputs, 2 transistor outputs, 2 optoisolated inputs, 2 0/4-20 mA analog I/Os, 2
0-10 VDC analog I/Os and 4 GPIOs. Interfaces
using USB, RS-485 serial, I2C, Wi-Fi or
Bluetooth. DIN rail mountable.
SKU: KTA-332
Price: $251.90 ea
Sinclair multimeter (1970s)
Sinclair made a variety of innovative
products such as calculators (from 1973),
electronic watches (1975), handheld TVs
(1983) and the ZX80 (1980) and ZX81
(1981) computers.
This PDM35 multimeter was released in
1979. Sinclair was a company known not
to waste anything, hence their low prices.
Inspection of the multimeter reveals that the
case has been repurposed from Sinclair’s
line of calculators.
Descendants of the Sinclair companies
still exist. After the company broke up
around 1978, there was a series of spin-off
companies and mergers and acquisitions.
Since 2013, what remained of Sinclair is
now known as Aim-TTI or Aim and Thurlby
Thandar Instruments (www.aimtti.com).
Digirail OEE WiFi
The DigiRail OEE is the ideal tool to monitor
and examine the performance of your
production lines. It reads the sensors that
monitor the operation of machines, devices
or processes and determine operation time.
SKU: SIG-111
Price: $241.95 ea
N1030-RR PID Temperature Controller
N1030-RR Compact sized PID Temperature
Controller with auto tuning PID 230VAC
powered. Input accepts thermocouples J, K, T, E
and Pt100 sensors. Two Relay outputs.
SKU: NOC-322
Price: $105.55 ea
750W ELDM Brushless AC Servo Motor
Leadshine ELDM8075V48HM-A4 750 W
brushless AC servo motor with 1000 line
encoder.
SKU: MOT-457
Price: $306.85 ea
Other reports on electronic hoards
David Jones from EEVBlog investigated another Australian hoard.
However, that one was extremely neat and well-organised, with a
staggering number of salvaged electronic components as well as a
collection of SILICON CHIP magazines.
See the video titled “EEVblog #737 - World’s Biggest Collection Of
Electronics Components” at https://youtu.be/x8nbHYOc8ns
Helping people like me in future
When you make an electronic device, it would be a good idea to
place a label inside describing what it is, the source, when it was
built and who built it.
That will make the job of future electronics archeologists much
easier!
SC
Brushless Servo Motor Drive
The ELD2-RS7030 brushless servo drive, power
range from 25W to 1200W, are special DC input,
motion control product designed for machines and
applications that request a best balance between
reasonable cost and outstanding performance with
MFC/vibration suppression.
SKU: SMC-411
Price: $380.83 ea
RTD Temperature probe with magnet fixing
RTD probe with magnet fixing for surface
temperature measurement. -50 to 200 ºC.
Silicon Cable 3 meters.
SKU: CMS-007
Price: $142.95 ea
Help for hoarders
If you Google “help for hoarders”, you will find a large number
of resources to help such people.
The Victorian Government, for example, has a web page on
the problem at https://www2.health.vic.gov.au/ageing-andaged-care/wellbeing-and-participation/hoarding-and-squalor
I’m sure other states would have similar.
siliconchip.com.au
For Wholesale prices
Contact Ocean Controls
Ph: (03) 9708 2390
oceancontrols.com.au
Prices are subjected to change without notice.
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 19
Our capabilities
CNC Machining
UV Colour Printing
Enclosure Customisation
Cable Assembly
*** Box Build
*** System Assembly
Ampec Technologies Pty Ltd
Australia’s
electronics
magazine
Australia’s
electronics
magazine
20
Silicon5000
Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Tel:
(02) 8741
Email: sales<at>ampec.com.au Web: www.ampec.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
FEBRUARY
2021
37
Care for your rechargeable batteries. . .
High-current
Battery Balancer
Part 1 - by Duraid Madina
Properly balancing batteries is critical for a long life, especially if they
are lithium-based rechargeable types. But many balancers are inefficient,
as they dump excess charge for a given cell, restricting how fast you can
charge the batteries and wasting power. Not this one – it redirects that extra
charge into other cells, so you can charge fast with little heat or waste!
M
ost rechargeable batteries
consist of an array of nominally identical cells, connected in series, parallel or series/parallel
to meet particular voltage, current, and
capacity requirements.
Batteries with many series-connected cells often only expose the connections at the extreme ends.
For example, a typical lead-acid car
battery has six cells (2V x 6 = 12V) but
only two terminals.
To charge such a battery, we apply a
higher voltage than the total of all the
cells across those two terminals, and
current flows through all six cells, increasing their state of charge.
But there is no guarantee that each
cell starts with an identical voltage,
and despite their identical construction, cell capacity can vary, especially
as the battery ages.
This is not a big problem with car
batteries because lead-acid cells tolersiliconchip.com.au
ate slight overcharging well. By overcharging the battery a little, cells with
a lower charge get a chance to ‘catch
up’ to the others, while the most highly charged cells dissipate the charging
current as heat.
Despite this, large lead-acid battery
banks (as might be used in a renewable
energy installation) will last longer if
they are kept balanced. In this case,
you might have several batteries in
series, so not only do you need to be
concerned about inter-cell balancing
within a given battery, you also need
to consider balancing the charge between batteries.
The fact that you might be using batteries with different ages and possibly
even from different manufacturers
makes this even more critical.
Then there is the case of lithium-ion
and similar rechargeable cells. There is
a great variety of lithium chemistries
around, but many of them do not tolAustralia’s electronics magazine
erate overcharging. They also can be
easily damaged by over-discharging.
So keeping lithium rechargeable batteries balanced is even more crucial.
Since this Balancer can handle cell
voltages as low as 3V and as high as
15V, it is suitable for a wide range of
balancing tasks, including balancing
the cells within a lithium-ion battery,
or balancing individual lithium-ion or
lead-acid batteries.
Each Balancer can handle up to four
cells (or groups of cells) or batteries,
and you can combine multiple balancers for larger installations.
Avoiding cell damage
One conservative option would be
to immediately stop charging as soon
as any cell reached its maximum permissible voltage, but that would leave
the remainder of the cells not quite
fully charged.
Left unchecked, what might start
March 2021 21
The Battery Balancer is constructed on a single
4-layer PCB just over 100mm wide, so it’s
small enough to slot in anywhere.
Got more than four batteries?
Build as many
Balancers as you
need!
as a minimal
imbalance between the cells,
could over repeated charge/discharge cycles develop
into a much larger imbalance, with
the result that as a whole, the battery
has significantly less usable capacity.
Worse, when the battery is fully discharged, those cells which were not
fully charged could become over-discharged and damaged.
So we need a way to ensure that as
a battery is charged and/or discharged,
the cells are kept in balance. Each is
then charged to approximately the
same voltage, so that the battery capacity remains good and the cells degrade
equally. This way, a battery need not
be discarded just because one cell has
degraded more rapidly than the others
(a common problem!).
The simplest way to do this is to
shunt current around any cell that has
a higher voltage than the others during charging. We have used that approach in the past, for example, in our
March 2016 Battery-Pack Cell Balancer (siliconchip.com.au/Article/9852).
That design could handle packs
with up to six cells, but only provided
about 200mA of balance current. That
limited it to applications with chargers up to 10A, and it got quite warm
during operation, as all that power was
being turned into heat.
Our new Balancer, being much more
efficient, produces much less heat for a
given balance current and thus can handle much higher battery charge currents
– to 50A or more, assuming the cells are
matched to within 5% (a fairly conservative figure for a healthy battery).
22
Silicon Chip
Operational overview
This Battery Balancer helps to ensure that cells in a battery are kept in
balance by periodically checking the
cell voltages and moving charge from
cells at a higher voltage to cells at a
lower voltage.
To do this, it has three main sections,
as shown in Fig.1. These are:
1) A voltage sensing front-end which
draws very little current from the cells.
2) A control section consisting of little more than a Microchip SAM-L10
32-bit microcontroller, which also
draws hardly any current when idle
(according to Atmel, the “industry’s lowest power in its class”).
3) A power section for moving
charge between cells.
The Balancer has been designed to achieve a high level of practical efficiency in three ways. Firstly,
the amount of power consumed when
not actively balancing cells is kept low,
by allowing virtually everything to be
switched off, and ensuring that most of
what remains draws very little power.
Secondly, the amount of power required to see if balancing required is
kept low, through the use of simple but
energy-efficient voltage dividers.
Thirdly, instead of using inefficient
schemes for balancing such as simply
dumping charge from cells that have
too much charge into resistive loads,
the Balancer recycles charge by taking
it from cells that have too much, and
adding it to those that have too little.
We have also tried to make the balancer flexible; not only can it balance
batteries of up to four cells, or sets of
up to four batteries, but with a small
amount of external help, it can serve
as a battery charger and even a battery
discharger!
Transferring charge
SC
Ó
Fig.1: while highly simplified, this
shows the basic configuration of
the High-current Battery Balancer.
Microcontroller IC2 measures the
voltage across each battery/cell via
resistive dividers. If one has a voltage
that is significantly higher or lower
than the others, it transfers power
into or out of the imbalanced cells via
the four power transfer blocks. These
can efficiently transfer energy to or
from one battery/cell to the entire
‘stack’, and by extension, between
multiple batteries/cells via the stack.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Perhaps the most critical part of the
Battery Balancer is the section which
transfers charge between batteries/cells
(and maybe also a charger or a load).
This section is replicated four times
on the board, once for each battery/
cell that can be connected.
A simplified version of this circuit
is shown in Fig.2.
This section can transfer energy to
or from the battery/cell shown at the
left and the complete battery/“stack”.
Energy can be transferred from one
battery/cell to another via the “stack”.
Let’s suppose we notice that one cell
has a voltage that is lower than the other
three. We can use that cell’s power section to transfer charge from the whole
battery to that cell, to bring it into balance. This happens cyclically.
First, the “stack-side” transistor (QX)
siliconchip.com.au
is switched on and current begins to
flow from the battery, through the stackside transformer winding, energising
the transformer’s core. Because the
cell-side power transistor (QY) is off,
the voltage across the cell-side transformer winding quickly rises.
A moment later, the stack-side power
transistor is switched off, and the cellside power transistor (QY) is switched
on. This transfers the energy from the
transformer’s core into the cell. When
this is estimated to have completed,
the cell-side power switch is turned
off and the cycle repeats, with a duty
cycle proportional to the desired rate
of charge transfer.
The inductance of the transformer
can be chosen relatively freely. Transformers with higher inductance allow
operation at lower frequencies, but
have higher resistive losses. Transformers with lower inductance require operation at higher frequencies, but have
lower resistive losses.
Note, however, that transformers
with particularly low winding inductances tend to have slightly reduced
coupling between the windings, though
only a few such transformers have coupling so poor as to be a significant factor for this Battery Balancer.
The voltages at the drains of QX and
QY can exhibit significant inductive
ringing. If it is too severe, it might exceed the transistor ratings.
We have attempted to keep the in-
Features & specifications
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Balances two, three or four series-connected cells or batteries
Suits li-ion, LiPo, LiFePO4, lead-acid, AGM and other chemistries
Each cell or battery can range from 2.5V (fully discharged) up to 15V maximum
Balancing current: up to 2.5A
Charging current: up to 50A
Efficiency: typically around 80%
Quiescent current: around 100µA per battery/cell
5mm spade lug connections for high-current batteries
2.54mm-pitch pin header for connecting smaller batteries
Switching frequency: typically 100kHz
Multiple Balancers can be combined for balancing more cells or batteries
It can also act as an efficient battery charger or discharger
Four onboard status LEDs plus one adjustment potentiometer
Serial status/debugging interface
Compact size (108 x 80mm PCB)
ductance of these paths low by placing these devices very close to their
respective transformers. But for higher-voltage applications, it is still prudent to place series RC snubbers (ie,
Csnub and Rsnub) across the transformer windings.
For lower-voltage applications (eg,
balancing lithium-ion cells), these
snubbers can be safely omitted, and
that might even result in a small efficiency gain.
The micro controls Mosfets QY and
QA via an ISO7041 isolator because the
negative end of the battery/cell is not
connected to ground (unless it is the
bottom-most in the stack). The driving scheme is a bit more complicated
SC
Ó
Fig.2: a stripped-down version of the
circuitry in each power transfer block. Power
goes between the battery/cell and the stack via
Mosfets QX and QY and the transformer. QX is
ground-referenced, so it is controlled from a microcontroller output pin, while
QY is referenced to the negative cell/battery terminal. Therefore, the signal
from the microcontroller to control QY goes through an ISO7041 isolator,
which is powered from a 3.3V rail derived from the cell/battery voltage.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
than shown here, as will soon become
apparent.
The ISO7041 is powered by its own
‘floating’ 3.3V regulator from the battery/cell, to allow for the battery/cell
voltage to vary over a wide range.
Note how the negative terminals of
the bypass capacitors both for the individual battery/cell and for the stack
are connected via N-channel Mosfets,
rather than directly to the negative terminal of the battery/cell and GND respectively. This is to provide a ‘softstart’ function which greatly reduces
the sparks generated when connecting
up batteries or cells.
Full circuit details
The full Battery Balancer circuit is
shown in Fig.3, although two of the
four charge balancing circuits have
been partly omitted to save space. All
four are configured identically. Now
you can see the full detail of this part
of the circuit, which reveals a few extra subtleties.
Firstly, the isolator outputs cannot
drive the Mosfet gates and microcontroller directly as they are too weak to
achieve the required switching speeds.
We spent a lot of time investigating the
use of integrated gate driver ICs in that
role, but most of them have a significant
quiescent current draw and stop functioning at low supply voltages.
While this could be resolved for the
lower cell power sections by deriving
their supply rails from ‘one cell up’,
this would leave the topmost power
section needing an alternative source
of power, eg, from a boost converter.
Instead of using integrated gate
drivers, we decided instead to use
simple NMOS/PMOS transistor pairs
March 2021 23
24
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: the full Battery Balancer circuit consists of four identical
sections at left, which efficiently transfer power between the
batteries/cells and the ‘stack’ connected between CON2 and CON7.
The control and sensing section is at right, and is based around
32-bit microcontroller IC2. The voltage sense resistive dividers are
disconnected using Mosfets when they are not in use to keep the
quiescent current draw low. LEDs7-9 and LED11 flash to indicate
when charge is being transferred to or from specific cells.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 25
Scope1: this shows how the power switching Mosfets are
driven. For clarity, two isolated pulses are shown. The
red and blue traces show stack side and cell side PWM
signals for balancer channel 2 (gate driving inverter inputs)
as driven by the microcontroller and digital isolator,
respectively. The yellow and green show the stack side and
cell side power Mosfet gate voltages (gate driving inverter
outputs). The majority of the ringing on these traces is due
to measurement error.
configured as inverters. Happily,
there are many dual SMD Mosfets
available which include one N-channel device and one P-channel device,
so each inverter is contained within a
single package. In the case of the uppermost section of the circuit, these
are Q11 and Q12.
In each case, the Mosfet driving the
stack side of the transformer (eg, Q9)
is connected source-to-ground, and
is a logic-level FET. It is driven by
the 0-3.3V output of the inverter pair
which are themselves driven from a
microcontroller digital output pin (in
this case, pin 22, labelled SSPWM3).
A 10kΩ pull-up resistor is provided
at the input of each of these Mosfetdriving inverters so they have a low
output when the micro is not in control of that pin (eg, it is in reset or being programmed).
The other transformer-connected
Mosfet (eg, Q10) has its source connected to the junction of this battery/
cell and the one below. So as described
above, it is driven by an isolator that
runs off a 3.3V floating supply referenced to that same voltage. Therefore,
the Mosfet-driving inverter is also connected across this 3.3V floating supply, to provide an appropriate swing
for that Mosfet.
It too has a 10kΩ pull-up resistor to
hold the Mosfet off by default. But note
that the Texas Instruments ISO7041
low-power digital isolator has variants
with different default pin states. The
26
Silicon Chip
Scope2: here, the red and blue traces are as in Scope 1, but
the yellow and green traces show the drain voltages of the
main switching Mosfets (ie. the bottom ends of the power
transformer) – the stack side node is in yellow, while the
cell side node is in green. Here, less of the ringing on the
switching nodes is due to measurement error, particularly
in the phase where both power Mosfets are off, allowing
their drains to float.
one we have chosen provides high outputs if its inputs are not driven, or the
input side of the device is not powered
(as opposed to the ISO7041F, which
offers low outputs). This provides us
with a safe ‘resting’ state.
1Ω resistors limit the power through
the gate drive inverters, adding to the
inverters’ intrinsic ~0.2Ω output resistance. This keeps the peak gate drive
currents below 3A.
It is not critical that the low-dropout
(LDO) floating regulator (REG3 here)
falls out of regulation if the cell voltage
drops below 3.3V, as both the isolator
and gate driver are capable of operating below this voltage.
Note though that if a cell voltage is
ever at less than 2.5V (a dangerously
low voltage for a lithium-polymer cell,
and a very low voltage for a lithium-ion
cell), no attempt will be made to transfer charge to or from this cell.
Instead, it is assumed that a battery
with cell voltages this low is likely to
have minimal charge, and so even if
imbalanced, merely charging the entire battery will quickly bring the cell
voltages above 2.5V. Balancing can then
resume long before any of the cells approach full charge.
For more details on how charge
transferral works, refer to scope grabs
Scope1 & Scope2 and their captions.
Voltage sensing
To know which batteries or cells
should be charged or discharged, the
Australia’s electronics magazine
Battery Balancer needs to be able to
take accurate voltage measurements
across each battery/cell.
Sensing low voltages accurately is
becoming easier; high-performance
analog-to-digital converters (ADCs)
are readily available, and modern microcontrollers often include ADCs that
would have been considered high-performance not that long ago. In our case,
the SAM-L10 micro has a 12-bit ADC
capable of taking one million samples
per second.
As we need to sense voltages up to
around 60V (say, four 12V lead-acid
batteries in series under charge), a kind
of front-end is required to bring these
voltages down into typical ADC ranges.
One option would be to use operational amplifiers (op amps) that can
tolerate these higher voltages, to divide
(and possibly shift) the voltages as required. Suitable parts are not hard to
find, but they are not cheap.
Moreover, because the voltages the
Battery Balancer needs to sense do
not vary quickly, very little in the way
of high-frequency performance is required, so offset-correcting chopperstyle op amps are applicable.
However, the performance of the required op amp circuits would be dominated by the accuracy of the connected resistors. The power consumption
of these op amps, while impressively
low in many devices, is high enough
that we couldn’t leave them powered
all the time.
siliconchip.com.au
So instead, we use a simple switchedcapacitor, switched-ground resistive
voltage divider, as shown in Fig.3. To
avoid the constant power consumption
of an always-on voltage divider, we
add low-side NMOS FETs (Q8a, Q13a,
Q19a & Q24a). Even very small signal
FETs introduce only a couple of ohms
of error while on.
When off, however, the voltage can
drift above the tolerance of the microcontroller input pins. So a second set
of NMOS pass transistors (Q8b, Q13b,
Q19b & Q24b) ensures the microcontroller never sees such voltages. Once
again, we can take advantage of dual
Mosfet packages so that each pair of
transistors is just one part to be soldered to the board.
To save microcontroller pins, all of
the voltage dividers share a common
pair of control lines. To take a set of
voltage readings, first, the low-side
NMOS switches are turned on, enabling the divider. Next, the pass gate
NMOS switches are turned on, allowing the filter capacitors to start settling
towards their respective values.
Finally, the microcontroller’s onboard ADC takes its samples, allowing the software to know the voltage
across each battery or cell. With the
100kΩ/2.2kΩ dividers used, and the
12-bit ADC having a 1.65V reference,
the nominal sensed voltage range is
0-76.65V, and the resolution is 18.7mV.
That’s precise enough to detect small
differences between 12V battery voltages.
Refer to Scope3 for more information
on how this process works.
For lower voltage batteries such as
li-ion, LiPo or LiFePO4 packs with
cells typically ranging from 2.7-4.2V,
the resistive dividers are changed to
100kΩ/6.8kΩ which gives a range of
0-25.9V and a resolution of 6.3mV,
which means we can balance out inter-cell voltage differences starting at
about 10mV.
A virtually identical arrangement
is used to sense the voltage across the
whole stack using Mosfets Q18a & Q18b
(which will probably be the same as
one of the cells, but not necessarily the
same one, hence the separate divider)
and also the rotation of potentiometer
VR1 via Mosfets Q7a and Q7b. This is
used to set various parameters, which
will be described later.
While an independent stack voltage monitor might seem redundant, it
comes in handy when using the Battery
siliconchip.com.au
Parts list – High Current Battery Balancer
(suitable for 12V battery balancing; see below for other options)
1 four-layer plated through PCB coded 14102211, 108 x 80mm
4 4.7µH 1:1 transformers (T1-T4) [eg, Coilcraft MSD1278**]
5 3A fast-acting SMD fuses, M6125/2410-size (F1-F5)
[eg, Bourns SF-2410FP300W-2]
1 0.75A fast-acting SMD fuse, M6125/2410-size (F7) [eg, Bourns SF2410FP075W-2]
2 SMD ferrite beads, 470W <at> 100MHz, M2012/0805-size (FB1,FB2) [eg, Taiyo
Yuden BK2125HM471, Murata BLM21AG471SZ1D or Kemet Z0805C471BSMST]
1 100kW vertical multi-turn trimpot (VR1)
1 momentary SPST tactile pushbutton switch (S1)
11 5.08mm pitch PCB-mount vertical spade lugs (CON2-CON12)
[eg, Altronics H2094/H2095]
1 5-pin straight or right-angle header (CON13; optional – for smaller battery packs)
1 4-pin header (CON14)
1 8-pin header (CON15; optional, for ICSP)
1 2x4-pin header (JP1)
1 jumper/shorting block (JP1)
Semiconductors
1 ATSAML10E16A-AUT 32-bit microcontroller programmed with 1410221A.hex,
TQFP-32 (IC2)
4 ISO7041 4-channel digital isolators, QSOP-16 (IC4,IC6,IC8,IC10)
[Note: not ISO7041F]
5 NJW4184U3-33B# 3.3V LDO regulators (REG1,REG3,REG5,REG7,REG9)
4 BUK9Y4R8-60E* NMOS FETs, LFPAK-56 (Q1-Q4)
1 BUK9Y8R5-80E* NMOS FET, LFPAK-56 (Q5)
1 UM6K34N dual NMOS FET, SOT-363 (Q7)
5 UM6K31N dual NMOS FETs, SOT-363 (Q8,Q13,Q18,Q19,Q24)
8 BUK9Y14-80E* NMOS FET, LFPAK-56 (Q9,Q10,Q14,Q15,Q20,Q21,Q25,Q26)
8 QS6M4 dual NMOS+PMOS FETs, SOT-457T (Q11,Q12,Q16,Q17,Q22,Q23,Q27,Q28)
4 3mm or 5mm through-hole LEDs (LED7-LED9,LED11)
4 SMD 24V* TVS diodes, SMB size (M3226/1210) size (ZD1-ZD4) [eg, SMBJ24A]
1 SMD 64V* TVS diode, SMB size (M3226/1210) size (ZD5) [eg, SMBJ64A]
2 5V ESD clamp diode arrays (D6,D10) [Littlefuse SP0503BAHTG]
Capacitors (all SMD M2012/0805 size X7R ceramic unless otherwise stated)
4 100µF* 35V radial organic polymer electrolytic (eg, Kemet A759KS107M1VAAE031)
2 47µF* 80V radial organic polymer electrolytic (eg, Kemet A759KS476M1KAAE045)
4 4.7µF 100V or 10µF 75V M3226/1210
11 10µF 50V
** for lower-current applications, Coilcraft
8 4.7µF 6V
MSD1278-562 is a suitable alternative
6 1µF 50V
# AP7370-33Y-13 is a suitable alternative
8 470nF 6V
3 100nF 50V
Note: Csnub and Rsnub components
5 1nF 50V C0G
are not fitted for 4V/cell version
8 470pF* 250V C0G (Csnub)
Resistors (all SMD M2012/0805 size 1% metal film unless otherwise stated)
5 100kW 0.1% 8 10kW 5 2.2kW* 0.1% 4 680W 5 330W 5 100W 5 20W
8 30W* (Rsnub)
8 1W M1608/0603-size
Parts for ~4V cell balancing (eg, li-ion) – substitute for asterisked (*) items above
5 BUK9Y1R3-40H NMOS FETs, LFPAK-56 (Q1-Q5)
8 BUK9Y12-40E NMOS FET, LFPAK-56 (Q9,Q10,Q14,Q15,Q20,Q21,Q25,Q26)
4 SMD 10V TVS diodes, SMB size (M3226/1210) size (ZD1-ZD4) [eg, SMBJ10A]
1 SMD 24V TVS diode, SMB size (M3226/1210) size (ZD5) [eg, SMBJ24A]
4 100µF 16V radial electrolytic polymer capacitors
2 33µF 35V radial electrolytic capacitors
5 6.8k 0.1% M2012/0805 size metal film resistors
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 27
Scope3: this shows the voltage sensing circuit in operation.
The yellow trace shows the voltage to be measured (~12V)
and the green trace shows the divided voltage present on
the micro input pin (~240mV). The red trace is the voltage
divider enable line, which has a duty cycle of less than 1%,
minimising power consumption of the voltage dividers.
The blue trace is the divided voltage pass control line,
which ensures that only stable divided voltages reach the
micro input pin.
connections are via fuses, which is always a good idea given
how much current a large battery (or in some cases, even a
small one) can deliver if there is a fault.
Each input also has a zener diode across it (after the fuse)
which provides two functions. One, if a cell or battery is connected backwards, the zener will immediately conduct and
blow the fuse. Two, if the cell or battery voltage is too high
for some reason (eg, you’ve connected to the wrong battery
terminal), the zener will go into avalanche breakdown, and
in most cases, the fuse will again blow.
By the way, in the parts list we’ve specified unidirectional
transient voltage suppressors (TVSs) instead of zener diodes
for these parts. They are effectively zener diodes, just with
very high pulse current handling capability. Also note that
the actual clamping voltage will be somewhat higher than
the specified voltage, depending on the current being delivered from the source.
We have taken that into account when selecting the parts,
so that the protected parts of the circuit will not be exposed
to damaging voltages at any reasonable current level.
As the micro monitors all the various voltages, it will shut
down if any of them are out of range. For example, if a cell
voltage is too low for the circuit to function.
Control section
Balancer in other applications. For example, it can be used
to allow charging batteries from other power sources such
as solar panels, or also as a battery charger.
It can even be used in conjunction with another Battery
Balancer, to transfer energy between two different batteries,
in either direction, while keeping both in balance.
Note that to avoid error, we don’t take voltage readings
while the power section is active.
Soft starting/spark mitigation
We found that the first prototype produced some nasty
sparks when connecting batteries (as is not uncommon). This
was mainly due to the inrush current to charge the capacitor
banks. These sparks could possibly damage the connectors,
or even weld them! We therefore decided that, since it was
not difficult to mitigate this, we would do so.
When power is first applied, the Mosfets in series with
the negative terminals of each set of bypass capacitors are
off. Those capacitors therefore slowly charge via the parallel 20Ω resistors.
After the initial battery connection is made but before any
balancing takes place, the microcontroller switches these
Mosfets on, presenting the full decoupling capacitance only
after the connection is made.
The Mosfets effectively increase the ESR of the capacitor
banks a little. However, with on-resistances that are a fraction of an ohm, the capacitors are still able to do their job of
stabilising the cell and battery voltages nicely. The Mosfet
turn-on time is quite slow as there are no inverters to drive
them, but as they only switch on after the capacitors have
charged, this doesn’t matter.
While we still recommend taking care to positively connect batteries to the Balancer and being prepared for some
amount of sparking to take place, this approach does greatly
reduce the sparking that typically occurs.
Circuit protection
You will have no doubt noticed that all cell and battery
28
Silicon Chip
The microcontroller section is quite straightforward due
to the high level of integration on the SAM-L10 micro (IC2).
Its internal oscillator is more than adequate as an instruction clock source in this application. Current-limiting resistors on digital outputs 15, 16, 23 & 24 are provided for it to
drive four status LEDs directly (more on these later). ESD
clamps are connected across the programming and UART
interfaces to protect them from static discharge as these pins
could be externally accessible.
The microcontroller derives its power from linear regulator
REG1, another NJW4184U3-33B. This was chosen to minimise quiescent current and operate over a relatively wide
input voltage range (up to 35V). Its output passes through
ferrite beads before reaching the microcontroller supply pins.
It also provides power to the ‘near side’ of the various
low-power digital isolators and the stack-side gate drivers.
As these consume only a few milliamps while active, the
power dissipated in the linear regulator is only a few tens of
milliwatts in the worst case, when it is powered by a fullycharged 12V battery. While the gate drivers consume small
amounts of current on average, they do so in an extremely
bursty fashion, so they each have a local bypass capacitor.
Software
The Battery Balancer software is fairly simple, but it took
some development to get it right, and there were a few choices to be made along the way.
Perhaps the most critical task the CPU has to perform is
producing the eight PWM signals required for balancing.
There are many larger microcontrollers, frequently aimed at
motor control applications, that feature large numbers of advanced PWM generators. The SAM L10 is small, inexpensive,
and sips power, but has a more limited set of peripherals.
The Balancer needs to produce short pulses of variable
length at variable frequencies; if a pulse is too long, substantial currents can flow through the Balancer, leading to a
blown fuse and possibly damage to other components, particularly the power Mosfets. Moreover, the Balancer needs
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
to produce two PWM signals per cell.
To achieve this, we use a software-driven approach. When
a cell is to be charged or discharged, we define a “blip” routine as a series of instructions that are either NOP (no-operation), or single-I/O set/clear instructions.
With a 16MHz CPU frequency, this allows us to control
pulse trains with roughly 60ns precision. We then compute
the desired number of ‘blips’ up to a safe maximum (currently set to 10,000), disable interrupts, and call the blip
routine in a loop.
Once the blip routine has run the desired number of times,
the software stops all power train activity and determines
the next course of action.
Voltage sensing
When not in the middle of charging or discharging cells
to bring a battery into balance, the Balancer periodically
checks the cell/battery voltages to determine which should
provide charge, and which need to be given charge.
We set the ADC voltage reference to Vdd/2 (ie, around
1.65V), noting that as the power train is inactive, the power
consumption and consequently noise on the Vdd LDO output will be relatively small. Therefore, this voltage should
be nice and steady.
To measure a set of cell voltages, we first enable the resistor dividers by connecting their bottom ends to ground via
the small-signal NFETs, and then enable the pass-transistor
NFETs. We then pause for about 1ms while the capacitors
on each of the sense lines settles towards their final value.
Finally, we use the ADC to sample each of the settled lines
before disabling the pass transistors and voltage dividers.
The rotation of potentiometer VR1 is sensed at the same
time that the other voltages are measured. It can be used to
configure both the peak balancing current and the cell mismatch threshold above which balancing takes place.
Serial/USB interface
The microcontroller features a UART, which is connected (via slew-limiting resistors and ESD clamping diodes)
to pin header CON14. This can be easily converted to USB
through the use of third-party ICs or cables such as FTDI’s
“TTL-234X-3V3”, though note that these cables cannot be
plugged directly into this header; some jumper leads will
be required.
If electrical isolation is required (or at least desired), our
Mini Isolated Serial Link project, starting on page 68 of this
issue, could be connected between the Balancer board and
the USB/serial adaptor.
This board can be programmed by plugging a PICkit 4 into
the ICSP header (CON15).
For safety, this should only be done with no batteries or
cells connected to the Balancer.
The board features four LEDs, one for each battery/cell.
These are off by default but blink slowly if a battery/cell is
being charged, or rapidly if a battery/cell is being discharged.
The power consumed by the Balancer’s control logic is small
compared to that consumed by the LEDs while switched on!
For this reason, the LED duty cycles have been kept low.
Next month
In part two of this feature next month, we will cover
building the Battery Balancer, testing it, configuring it and
using it, as well as some safety tips.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
POWER
SUPPLIES
PTY LTD
ELECTRONICS SPECIALISTS TO
DEFENCE AVIATION MINING
MEDICAL RAIL INDUSTRIAL
Our Core Ser vices:
Electronic
DLM Workshop
Repair
NATA
ISO17025
Calibration
37 Years
Repair
Specialisation
Power Supply
Repair to
50KVA
Convenient
Local
Support
SWITCHMODE POWER SUPPLIES Pty Ltd ABN 54 003 958 030
Unit 1 /37 Leighton Place Hornsby NSW 2077
(PO Box 606 Hornsby NSW 1630)
Tel: 02 9476 0300
Email: service<at>switchmode.com.au Website: www.switchmode.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 29
Not quite vintage radio . . . or is it?
by
Dr Hugo
Holden
The Fetron . . .
and the one and
only all-Fetron radio
You would probably be aware that there are some similarities
between valves (aka vacuum tubes) and field-effect transistors, or
FETs. You may also know that some people have created valveequivalent devices based on FETs.
But did you know that there were commercially-made semiconductorbased triode and pentode equivalents known as “Fetrons”?
I am fascinated by these, so I built a superhet using little else.
30
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
T
he Fetron, a unique combination of N-channel Junction Field
Effect Transistors (JFETs), using
the Cascode configuration, was a product of research and development in the
Aerospace and Avionics industry (by
the Teledyne Company in the USA) in
the early 1970s.
They were built primarily as a plugin valve or solid-state pentode replacement, although triode equivalents
were also made.
The basic idea behind the Fetron
was to have the electrical properties
of a pentode, but no microphony and
no heater power consumption, along
with the other advantages of semiconductors: greater efficiency and reliability, with lower noise and higher gain.
Fetrons usually had a much higher amplification factor than the valve
they replaced. Teledyne also produced
a range of semiconductor devices such
as high-voltage Junction FETs and they
still produce beyond excellent-quality
miniature RF relays.
Every Teledyne product I have
inspected and used has always impressed me with its innovative nature,
outstanding manufacturing quality,
excellent physical appearance and
electrical performance.
Because of this, I decided to engineer a multi-band radio composed of
entirely Fetrons, powered by a single
90V battery or DC supply, and incorporating some of my other favouriteTeledyne devices.
Replacing valves with
semiconductors
The idea of replacing a valve with
a plug-in transistor substitute has occurred to many people since the invention of the transistor.
Although there are mathematical
models for transistors as voltage-to-
Reproduced rather significantly larger
than life size, this is the TS6AK5
used in the Fetron Receiver. The
type number is designed to show its
equivalence to the 6AK5 valve.
current control devices, fundamentally, they are current-to-current control devices.
I know that some people disagree
with this (for example, audio guru
Douglas Self), but it is generally accepted to be true.
In most instances, the input (baseemitter) current controls the output
(collector-emitter) current.
Valves, on the other hand, are
voltage-to-current control devices or
transconductance amplifiers, where
usually the grid-to-cathode voltage
controls the anode-to-cathode current.
Transistors in the grounded-emitter
configuration have a much lower input
resistance than valves in the groundedcathode configuration.
When high-voltage JFETs arrived on
the scene, they were possible substitutes for the triode valve. They had a
similar transfer function of gate voltage versus drain current, compared to
grid voltage versus anode current for
the triode. Also, JFETs have a similarly high input impedance to a valve.
In the grounded-source or grounded-cathode circuit, both the JFET and
the triode are influenced by the effective amplification of the drain-togate (or anode-to-grid) capacitance –
known as the Miller effect.
This capacitance, which is intrinsic to the device, is multiplied by its
amplification factor. This limits the
high-frequency response and results
in significant input to output feedback
as the operating frequency increases.
In triode circuits, if a tuned circuit
with a similar resonant frequency is
placed in both the grid and the anode circuit, oscillations occur due to
the feedback capacitance and the two
resonant circuits exchanging energy
with each other.
Historically, the Miller capacitance
problem was solved with an added
neutralisation capacitor feeding back
an out-of-phase signal from a coil extension on the anode resonant circuit
to the grid (or to the base in a transistor circuit) via a small adjustable capacitor.
In early transistor radios, intermediate frequency (IF) amplifiers using
devices such as the OC45, which had
a sizeable internal feedback capacitance, required neutralisation.
Later, better transistors such as the
OC169, AF117 or AF127 had a much
lower feedback capacitance and didn’t
require neutralising in 455kHz IF
stages.
In vintage TRF radios based on
triode valves, the added neutralising capacitor was called a Neutrodon
Fig.1: four more-or-less equivalent inverting amplifier circuits. At left is the pentode valve, followed by a pair
of triodes in a cascode configuration, two JFETs in the same configuration and the simplified scheme used in the
Fetron (which requires specific JFET characteristics).
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 31
and the radios sometimes called Neutrodynes.
Neutralisation is not necessary for
grounded drain (collector or anode) or
‘follower’ circuits because the drain
(collector or anode) voltage is pinned
to a fixed potential, preventing signal
feedback via the Miller capacitance to
the input gate (base or grid).
The pentode, however, has the
unique property of high isolation between its input(grid) and its output
(anode) due to the screen grid.
Pentode valves, for example, are excellent in radio frequency (RF) stages
or intermediate frequency (IF) amplifiers as they are stable with a tuned
circuit in both the grid and the anode circuit.
Fig.1 shows several similar amplifying stages with ‘black box’ input
and output circuits. No resistors or
bias components are shown, to keep
it simple.
For the pentode, the screen grid voltage is held at a constant voltage K. This
is usually done by connecting it to a
resistive divider with a bypass capacitor, or connecting it to the HT supply.
Two triodes arranged in Cascode
work similarly, by clamping the upper triode’s grid to a fixed voltage K,
which sets the upper triode’s cathode
to another fixed potential (k). This stabilises the anode potential of the lower
triode, and as a result, the Miller effect
is eliminated.
The JFET equivalent of the Cascode
is also shown; to package this circuit
in a single device would require four
leads.
Also, the ‘screen’ connection would
require a different bias voltage compared to a valve circuit, so it could not
be a direct replacement.
The Fetron solves this problem by
connecting the gate of the upper JFET
to another voltage source; ingeniously,
the source voltage of the lower JFET.
This voltage is usually constant from an
AC perspective in most valve circuits,
as the cathode is typically bypassed.
If it is not, it still does not matter,
as any AC component coupled via the
gate of the upper JFET via its source
and the drain to the lower JFET is in
phase with the input voltage on the
gate of the lower JFET.
Hence, there is no potential difference across the Miller capacitance
(from gate to drain) of the lower JFET.
Thus, the Miller effect is still eliminated.
32
Silicon Chip
These pages, reproduced from the May 1973 issue of “Practical Wireless”
magazine, show that Fetrons were more than a twinkle in an engineer’s eye
The drain current properties of the
two JFETs within the Fetron have to
be carefully chosen for this configuration to work.
Equivalent devices
Reproduced above is a historical
article (1953) on the TS6AK5 Fetron,
which was designed to be equivalent
to a 6AK5 pentode. There was also
the TS12AT7, equivalent to the 12AT7
triode. Note the very high amplification factor of the TS6AK5 Fetron of
22,500, compared to the 2,500 for the
6AK5 valve, even though most of the
other parameters are nearly identical.
The drain resistance is very high at
5MΩ, as the JFET is an excellent constant-current source. The transconAustralia’s electronics magazine
ductance (gm) or ratio of change in
plate (drain) current to grid (gate) voltage is also the ratio of the amplification
factor to the plate (drain) resistance.
In this case, it is 4500μmhos (22,500
÷ 5,000,000Ω); about the same as the
6AK5 valve.
There are three “features” of the
Fetron not alluded to in the data. The
first is that the metal can must be
Earthed if it is being used in a radiofrequency application.
The second is that if the input terminal (gate of the lower JFET) is taken positive with respect to the source
(cathode connection), the gate suddenly draws current. In the 6AK5 valve,
this is a very gentle process, but the
TS6AK5 suddenly conducts as the gate
siliconchip.com.au
runs from a single 90V battery, although later I built a 90V DC mains
supply.
It is a dual-band single conversion superhet with a tuned RF stage.
The frequency coverage is 550kHz
to 1650kHz (MW) and 5.7MHz to
18.2MHz (SW). The antenna is a 6-inch
(150mm) long, 12.7mm diameter ferrite rod which also works well for
shortwave up to about 10MHz.
The MW coils are wound with
60-strand Litz wire. Above 10MHz,
an external antenna is useful for the
shortwave band.
The 11 Fetrons are all TS6AK5s,
used as follows:
• one for the RF amplifier,
• one for the local oscillator (LO),
• one for the LO buffer,
• one for the mixer,
• two as IF amplifiers,
• one for the audio preamplifier and
• four for the audio output stage,
wired in parallel for 1W undistorted
Class-A output into a 3.2Ω, 4-inch
(100mm) speaker.
The LO buffer is needed to provide
an output to drive a frequency counter.
Two Teledyne 2N4886 high-voltage Nchannel JFETs are also used in a bridge
circuit for a signal strength meter (Smeter). The detector, AGC and oscillator self-bias diodes are 1N663A silicon diodes (which were one of AMD’s
first products).
Band changing
almost fifty years ago! In the early 1970s, many electronics hobbyists were still
coming to grips with the relatively new transistors and other semiconductors.
PN junction becomes forward-biased.
In most circuits such as amplifiers,
the grid (gate) always has a negative
bias, so this is not a problem.
However, in oscillator circuits that
use grid current self-bias, if a Fetron
is plugged in place of the 6AK5, the
gate draws significant current and
the oscillator malfunctions, producing a distorted output with multiple
harmonics.
This can be solved with a diode in
the gate circuit to provide the self-bias function.
The third is that practical experiments with the Fetron indicate that the
input-to-output isolation is not quite
as good as the 6AK5, in that when
used in IF stages with identical tuned
siliconchip.com.au
circuits in the input and output, they
are a little more prone to instability.
The higher amplification factor
might be the reason, as this tendency can be eliminated with a small
amount of degeneration to lower the
stage gain.
So despite the Fetrons being marketed as plug-in valve substitutes,
they were not always a suitable direct replacement, depending on the
specific circuit.
Designing & building
an all-Fetron radio
I built the radio shown in the photos, which has some unusual features.
Its complete circuit is shown in Fig.2.
As the Fetrons have no heaters, it
Australia’s electronics magazine
Band changing is via three miniature
Teledyne latching RF relays. These are
controlled by a band change switch on
the front panel, which is an industrialgrade motor switch from Telemecanique, so it will not wear out in a hurry,
and it has a good feel to it.
The main three-gang tuning capacitor is driven by an Eddystone ball-epicyclic reduction drive knob and dial
assembly.
Incandescent lamps are used to illuminate the dial. I also placed lamps
inside the battery voltmeter and the Smeter. These meters are moving-coil
types which were intended for use in
helicopter avionics. I repainted and
labelled the faces for voltage and Sunits, respectively.
These days, LEDs might be used
with a consequent reduction in current.
The radio-frequency trimming capacitors are metal vane ceramic variable types, and chassis-mounted.
March 2021 33
SC
Ó
FETRON DUAL BAND RADIO RECEIVER
Fig.2: the full circuit of my Fetron-based radio, a superhet with an RF stage, two IF stages and a Class-A audio
output. It uses 11 Fetrons (four in parallel in the audio output stage), two JFETs and three silicon diodes. The MW/
SW band switching is achieved using three latching RF relays in metal cans, also manufactured by Teledyne.
The RF coils were wound on formers
and then placed inside military spec
shielding cans with high permeability
adjustable powdered iron cores.
The IF transformers are 465KHz
American-made Miller units. The audio output transformer is made by
Hammond in the USA and supplied
by AES.
Two of the 12V lamps are in the
meters, with the remaining six on a
stripline PCB added into the base of
the Eddystone dial.
34
Silicon Chip
Note the 1N663A diode in the gate
circuit of the local oscillator for self-bias, to prevent the Fetron gate conduction problem described above.
The input is fuse- and diode-protected. Unlike a valve, a Fetron could
be damaged by the application of reverse polarity DC.
Earthing the Fetrons
To Earth the Fetron bodies, I modified the ceramic valve sockets. I did
this by removing the phosphor bronze
Australia’s electronics magazine
and spring assembly from some standard miniature test laboratory clips and
fitting them into the centre metal ring
of the valve socket using a small machined bush.
The phosphor bronze wire is slipped
through the spring and then through
the centre of the socket from the top.
The bush is soldered into the valve
section on the socket base, and the
bronze wire is folded over and cut off
after it passes through the clearance
hole in the bush. This results in the
siliconchip.com.au
flat-top section of the phosphor bronze
wire projecting a little above the top
of the socket.
When the Fetron is plugged into the
socket, the bronze wire springs against
the Fetron’s base, securing the Earth
connection to the Fetron body without
having to make a soldered connection.
Mechanical construction
The chassis is grey painted steel. It
was supplied by AES (Antique Electronic Supply, USA). After making all
siliconchip.com.au
the holes, I painted the bare edges. To
prevent any surface damage, I heavily
coated the chassis and panel in plastic
tape while cutting the holes, so that
they remained scratch-free.
The front panel was crafted from
3mm thick stainless steel and treated
to create an engine turning finish (also
known as jeweling or guilloché).
All the hardware used in the radio,
mostly 6-32 and 4-40 UNC machine
screws, is stainless steel.
These were supplied by PSME (PreAustralia’s electronics magazine
cision Scale Model Engineering) in the
USA. The Fetron sockets are ceramic
with gold-plated pins.
The wiring in the unit is with highquality Teflon multi-coloured hookup
wire from a submarine parts supplier.
The front panel handles are chromeplated brass. The switch labels, for the
most part, are pre-made items which
came from the electronic markets in
Akihabara, Japan.
The tag boards used on the radio underside also came from there.
March 2021 35
No-one is expecting you to be able to build your own Fetron Radio
from these photos . . . but just in case (!) you can get a very good idea
of both the above-chassis layout and the under-chassis wiring.
The Speaker mesh is perforated aluminium with a clear lacquer applied. Captive pressed stainless steel 4-40 nuts were
fitted to the chassis base to allow repeated removal of the base
plate.
The three Teledyne RF relays (in TO-5 cases) have spring
clips to Earth their metal bodies.
36
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
SC
Ó
DC-DC CONVERTER FOR FETRON RADIO
The latching relays save battery
power and are driven by a simple RC
network, which provides a current
pulse to execute band changing.
The two TO-5 cased JFETs for the
S-meter can be seen in the chassis
underside view with the red, green
and black sleeving on their leads. The
three-gang variable capacitor is mounted with posts within rubber grommets
to prevent acoustic feedback to the capacitor’s plates.
As all of the trimmer capacitors
and adjustment potentiometers for
the S-meter are chassis-mounted (just
above the 2N4886 JFETs), all adjustments can be made from above the
chassis top.
I created the dial artwork in a photo editor and made it as a transpar-
Fig.3: the circuit of my 12V-to-90V step-up
supply which I use to power my Fetron radio
when I don’t want to use the 90V Nicad battery!
It’s designed to bring NPN transistors Q1 and
Q2 (which drive transformer T1) into and out
of conduction slowly, at 40Hz, eliminating EMI
which would otherwise affect radio reception.
ent sticker, which I then applied to
the metal Eddystone dial plate. I very
carefully cut the kidney-shaped meter holes in the dial plate and front
panel by hand.
Power supply
The radio itself draws about 47mA
<at> 90V, making its power consumption
around 4W. That is significantly less
than a valve radio employing 6AK5s
because there is no heater demand.
The current consumption with the dial
lamp string running is 75mA.
About 2.5W is consumed by the
Class-A audio output stage, which has
a current drain of 28mA.
A Class-AB output stage would
draw significantly less, but calculations showed that it would have been
My home-made power supply PCB is
pleasingly simple. It is dominated by
the PCB-mounting transformer, two
TO-66 package driving transistors and
high-voltage output filter capacitors.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 37
These scope grabs just how gentle the switching waveforms of transistors Q1 and Q2 are. Even at the longer timebase used
in the left-hand scope grab, you can see that they are not vertical lines but rather smooth ramps, reducing the higher-order
harmonics that are typical of square waves and this minimising high-frequency EMI.
more difficult to attain the 1W output with two paralleled
Fetrons per side. Also, a phase inverter circuit or transformer would have been needed to drive them.
The Class-A output stage, although a little more powerhungry than Class-AB, does give very good results with
pleasant-sounding audio reminiscent of a typical valve
radio.
I made the 90V battery from many 2000mAh AA-sized
NiCad cells and stuck Eveready logo on it for a bit of fun.
Step-up supply
Ideally, the radio would be powered by a rechargeable
12V battery or 12V DC plugpack. This would require a
12V-to-90V switch-mode converter.
Many enthusiasts of valve radios have attempted this
sort of converter, but RFI or radio frequency interference
(affectionately referred to as “hash”) is a significant problem. This can result in buzzing signals being detected by
the radio.
A medium-wave or shortwave radio makes a very sensitive detector of radiated electromagnetic fields!
Most people would be surprised by the high levels of RFI
I modified the sockets by soldering in a brass bush and
using it to hold a spring-loaded bronze wire which contacts
the Fetron case when it is inserted. This means that I
can Earth the Fetron case to provide adequate shielding,
without affecting their pluggability or having an ugly
solder joint on the case.
38
Silicon Chip
emitted by appliances like computers and flat-panel TV sets.
These signals can not only cause interference on shortwave reception, but they can also desensitise RF receivers
in home automation systems.
Some folks have had solar systems with switchmode
inverters installed, only to find that their garage door controllers stop working!
So I set about creating an RFI-free step-up circuit to
power my radio. The result, shown in Fig.3, is somewhat
similar to Ken Kranz’s Battery Vintage Radio Power Supply from the December 2020 issue (siliconchip.com.au/
Article/14670), although there are some important differences.
It delivers 90V <at> 50mA with an input of 12.6V <at> 550mA,
giving an overall efficiency of 65%.
There is no detectable RFI above 150kHz; I didn’t even
bother shielding it. It uses a Jaycar PCB-mounting toroidal
transformer, driven in push-pull mode at around 40Hz.
Its low operating frequency, combined with the ironcored transformer reduces the switching events per unit
time, and this helps compensate for the deliberately slow
switching transitions. The slower transition time contains
lower HF spectrum components.
The switching time and transition shape were controlled
by tuning the primary of the transformer with a large capacitor and RC snubber networks on the transistor’s collectors.
Also, the drive to the switching transistors is adjusted to
be enough to gain saturation of the collector-emitter voltage to 380-400mV and no lower.
Experimentation shows that all other things being equal,
the RFI increases significantly the more heavily the transistor is saturated. RFI is produced when the transistor
suddenly comes out of heavy saturation
The two scope grabs above show the collector waveform
from one of the 2N3054A transistors at two different timebases. You can see that the transistor switches slowly between being in and out of conduction, over about 0.8ms
each time. While this reduces the efficiency, this is offset
by the slow switching speed, so the number of switching
events per unit time is relatively low compared to most
switch-mode PSUs.
SC
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions will be
paid for at standard rates. All submissions should include full name, address & phone number.
Low-noise microphone preamp
Wired microphones often need
phantom power, and the preamp needs
to have significant and adjustable gain
to give a reasonable output signal level.
The mic preamp must be able to drive
a long cable with significant capacitance, have low noise and be robust.
This circuit shows a flexible preamp
that can be used with many wired
microphones, based on a TDA7052A
BTL (bridge-tied load) power amplifier chip, with an extra gain stage on
its input based on an NPN transistor.
The signal from the microphone at
CON1 passes through a 200W/680pF
low-pass filter to remove RF, and is
then AC-coupled to the base of lownoise NPN transistor Q1. It is configured as a common-emitter amplifier
with emitter degeneration and a 47pF
Miller capacitor to reduce its gain at
Circuit
Ideas
Wanted
siliconchip.com.au
high frequencies. This stage has a gain
of about 50 times (34dB).
The inverted output signal at the collector of Q1 is then fed to the pin 2 input of IC1 via two optional RC filters, a
low-pass filter selected by switch S1 and
a high-pass filter selected by S2, which
operates in conjunction with IC1’s input resistance of 15-25kW. IC1 provides
a further adjustable gain of about 1-60
times (0-35.5dB) for a total maximum
gain of around 3000 times (70dB).
The gain is adjusted using VR1,
which controls the voltage at pin 4 of
IC1 in conjunction with IC1’s internal
constant current source. The in-phase
and out-of-phase output signals from
pins 8 & 5 are then AC-coupled to two
separate outputs, at CON4 and CON5.
These could also be connected to the
pins of a single balanced output socket.
IC1 can deliver over 1W, so it has
plenty of power to drive long cable
runs. It can also easily drive headphones or even a loudspeaker to modest volume levels (depending on its
sensitivity).
About 1mA of phantom power for
the microphone can be selected using
switch S3. This is regulated by zener
diode ZD1 and the 4.7kW bias resistor,
and filtered by a 1kW/100µF RC lowpass filter to remove supply ripple.
The unit is powered by a DC supply
of around 12-15V connected to CON2,
or a 19V laptop/notebook power supply brick can be connected to CON3.
The extra three series diodes drop
its output voltage to a safer level of
around 17V.
Petre Petrov,
Sofia, Bulgaria ($80).
Got an interesting original circuit that you have cleverly devised? We will pay good money to
feature it in Circuit Notebook. We can pay you by electronic funds transfer, cheque or direct to
your PayPal account. Or you can use the funds to purchase anything from the SILICON CHIP Online
Store, including PCBs and components, back issues, subscriptions or whatever. Email your circuit
and descriptive text to editor<at>siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 39
Two quartz crystal oscillators using a flip-flop
I needed a 10MHz signal to clock my
system, but there was no room left on
my board for a crystal oscillator implementing any of the circuits commonly
employed. I did have an unused flipflop, though, but with only enough
room for a few external components.
The unused flip-flop was one of the
two in a 74HC74, so I designed two
oscillator circuits that use the flip-flop
as the active element.
In these flip-flops, the set and reset inputs are active low, whereas the
clock input is triggered by rising edges. In both my circuits, the clock and
data inputs are unused and so they are
tied to ground.
In flip-flops with direct set and reset
inputs, if both of these inputs are active
simultaneously, both outputs will be
in an ‘invalid’ state. In the case of the
74HC74, this is a defined state, with
both outputs (Q and Q) high.
Therefore, if the set input is held
low, the reset input state will appear
inverted at the Q output, while the Q
output will stay high. This inversion
is used in my circuit on the left.
This inverter is used to make a
Pierce crystal oscillator, where the
quartz crystal, resistors and capacitors
form a feedback network from the Q
output to the Reset input.
Thus, the flip-flop oscillates between the ‘invalid’ condition and a
‘valid’ one, inverting the state of the
reset input and producing the 180°
phase shift necessary for the Pierce
oscillator to function.
The quartz crystal works in parallel resonance (actually, between series resonance and anti-resonance)
and presents an inductive reactance.
The 1MW resistor makes the flip-flop
oscillate even if the crystal is not connected, and is necessary for the crystal-controlled oscillations to start. The
560W resistor reduces the drive level
on the crystal and discourages overtone modes of oscillation.
C2 and C3 are the load capacitors.
The required values depend on the
crystal’s specified load capacitance,
the IC's input and output capacitances, and the stray capacitances of
the circuit. For a 10MHz, 20pF crystal, with C2 and C3 at 27pF, I obtained
10.000MHz. For a 15pF crystal, you
would need values around 22pF.
I tested this circuit with 10 crystals
from 2MHz to 20MHz in increments of
40
Silicon Chip
around 2MHz, and it worked properly
in all cases. Scope1 shows the voltages
at either end of a 10MHz crystal in this
circuit. The phase difference is near
180°, which indicates that most of the
phase shift of the feedback network
occurs in the crystal in this parallelresonant oscillator.
In the right-hand circuit, the same
flip-flop is employed to make a crystal resonate at, or close to, series resonance. The negative feedback given
by the two resistors makes the flipflop oscillate, and the quartz crystal
establishes the oscillation frequency, where the phase shift across the
crystal is 0°.
Capacitors C2 and C3 proved necessary to stabilize the oscillator with
some crystals, and their value depends
on the particular crystal. I tested this
circuit with several crystals, and it
worked properly between 2MHz and
16MHz. C2 required values between
0pF and 100pF while C3 needed to be
between 0pF and 22pF.
Scope2 shows the voltage across the
crystal in this circuit. The signal with
the highest amplitude is the one at the
Scope 1
Australia’s electronics magazine
pin 6 end. The phase difference is close
to 0°, indicating resistive behaviour,
which happens at series resonance.
This 12MHz crystal oscillated in series resonance at 11.995MHz with C2
= 100pF and C3 = 22pF.
One way to determine if a quartz
crystal is overdriven is to increase the
supply voltage slightly; if the oscillator frequency decreases, the current
through the crystal is too high. I tested
this by increasing the supply from 5V
to 5.2V for several crystals; in both circuits, the frequency increased slightly,
which indicates that the power on the
crystals is reasonable.
Since the outputs of these circuits
are taken directly from the crystal circuits without buffering, they should be
connected to high-impedance, CMOSlike inputs. These circuits may be
used, for example, together with the
remaining flip-flop on the same chip,
connected as a dividing-by-two toggle
flip-flop. That could be useful since
dividers like the CD4060B/74HC4060
lack a divide-by-two output.
Ariel G. Benvenuto,
Parana, Argentina. ($100)
Scope 2
siliconchip.com.au
Displaying digits using single RGB LEDs
With embedded systems these days,
engineers must often deal with very
small PCB footprints, so suitable displays (especially for debugging) can be
difficult. My idea is to display multidigit numbers using just a few RGB
LEDs, where the digital value of 0-9 is
shown using standard resistor colour
codes (black, brown, red, …, white).
The circuit shown in Fig.1 is minimalistic, using just one high-brightness RGB LED controlled by a tiny
PIC10F200 (the world’s smallest 6-pin
microcontroller). It uses three simultaneous PWM pulse trains, each with
an independently controllable duty
cycle. By varying the duty cycles, the
intensity of the red, green and blue
elements within the RGB LED create
different colour mixes.
While seven of the required colours
are easy to obtain: red, green, blue, yellow (red+green), purple (red+blue),
white (red+green+blue) and black (led
off), achieving the three remaining colours required some experimentation
and fine-tuning of a look-up table (see
the table at right).
The current-limiting resistors have
also been individually adjusted to obtain the same brightness precisely, using a lux meter. The RGB led should be
used with a white diffuser to mask the
individual red, green, blue elements
(even with SMD RGB LEDs, these elements are distinctly visible).
Pin 6 in the circuit shown monitors
the status of pushbutton S1, which allows you to cycle through the available digits values/colours (Fig.1). This
pin has an internal pull-up enabled
for that micro pin so that it can detect
button presses.
As shown in Fig.3, this circuit can be
used in cascade, with discrete logic OR
gates, creating a multi-digit display.
Alternatively, a single 8-pin microcontroller can drive a four-digit LED
display, as shown in Fig.2.
The source code (1dgtRGB.ASM
and PWMLEDS.INC) is available for
download from siliconchip.com.
au/Shop/6/5781 This suits the 6-pin
PIC10F200 and would need to be
modified for the PIC12F617 or other
micros. Its size is optimised, and it
uses macros to ease understanding. It
occupies just 116 program words and
nine data bytes.
The code is fully commented, to
make it easy to adapt to other microcontrollers.
Benabadji Mohammed Salim,
Oran, Algeria. ($100)
Fig.1
Fig.2
Fig.3
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 41
The Omnidetector
This circuit can detect many different things: heat, light, liquid, metal,
touch and much more, using little other than a common hex Schmitt-trigger
inverter IC.
Using two oscillators, it can detect
changes in inductance (L), capacitance
(C), and resistance (R). So it can use
many different kinds of sensors to detect changes in various physical phenomena. I tested the following cases, and noted the performance they
yielded. In all but the last two cases,
these require no modification to the
circuit – only switching sensors and
readjustment:
• shadows, ie, interrupted light
• sunrise, without fail, even on a
cloudy day
• heat – it will pick up a change of
less than 1°C
• fire – of course, fire generates
plenty of heat
• metal – it detects small lumps
of metal (but see the text for more
details)
• magnetism – it detects magnets
in close proximity (but see the text)
• pressure – one kg or more, using
suitable conductive foam
• touch – it detects the lightest
touch, including animal paws
• body capacitance – with a 400mm
range, or 250mm for a hand
• electrical switching – it will detect
switching in wires at 300mm range
• rain – light or heavy, with a stripboard sensor
• liquid – it can distinguish different liquids, eg, milk and water
Of course, it does some things better
than others. It works particularly well
with shadows, heat, fire, pressure, rain,
liquid, touch and body capacitance.
Apart from the versatility and sensitivity listed here, the circuit has two
distinct advantages. Firstly, it is extremely stable, even without a regulator. This is achieved by using two
identical oscillators. Any environmental changes, or changes in the supply
voltage, affect both oscillators equally.
Secondly, the circuit is exceptionally efficient, drawing just over 1mA current on standby. With quality AA batteries, this will provide three months
of uninterrupted service.
On the surface of it, the idea behind
the Omnidetector is a simple one. Take
any two sensors that are equal somehow – both measuring (say) tempera42
Silicon Chip
ture via a changing resistance. If the
value of one of these changes, one
merely needs to notice that change to
trigger an alarm. The unchanged value
serves as the reference or benchmark.
However, if both sensors’ value
changes equally (say, due to ambient
temperature), this is not detected.
Two stages of the 40106 CMOS hex
Schmitt inverter IC, IC1a and IC1f, act
as side-by-side oscillators. The pairs
of sensors are connected identically in
these oscillators’ feedback networks
(between points C & D and E & F).
If these oscillators are in perfect
sync, there is no significant activity at
mixer input pin 5 of IC1c. This mixer
feeds a charge pump connected to the
gate of Mosfet Q1. This then switches
LED1 or a small alarm. Q1 typically
switches at 3V, while the charge pump
provides up to 7V.
In theory, one would never be able
to tune these two oscillators to be in
such perfect sync as to cancel each
other out. A mere 1Hz difference between IC1a and IC1c would be enough
to trigger the alarm. That is solved using frequency lock, which is ordinarily
something one seeks to avoid.
A 470W resistor limits the current
drawn by IC1; the 47pF capacitor provides minimal smoothing. This makes
the oscillators prone to frequency lock.
They cannot draw current at once, so
they operate alternately. If they come
anywhere near each other (within
about 2% frequency-wise), they lock
on to each other, and the mixer output
remains quiescent.
The problem is that the frequency
lock is a little too strong. At higher frequencies especially, the circuit is reluctant to break lock, and this affects
sensitivity. Therefore, IC1d is used
to introduce a little flutter, which is
something one ordinarily avoids at all
costs. It is called a wobbulator.
It may seem odd as it isn’t connected
to anything – except the power supply.
It draws as much power as the 470kW
feedback resistor will allow, and it
does so out of sync, at about 25kHz.
This unsettles the other oscillators just
enough to make the lock more fluid.
Diodes are not used to mix the two
signals at the input of IC1c, as their capacitance (a few pF) would interfere
with operation beyond about 50kHz.
Resistors are used instead. The resistor
from pin 5 of IC1c to ground is 1MW
while the mixer resistors are 470kW,
to ensure that the voltages at the inAustralia’s electronics magazine
put of IC1c do not get ‘stuck’ inside
the Schmitt trigger hysteresis window.
Points “A” and “B” are provided for
connecting identical sensor plates, but
a single plate can be attached to one
of the points, with 10kW series resistors to prevent static electricity from
damaging IC1.
Note that the gate capacitor for Mosfet Q1 has no bleeder resistor. Instead,
charge leaks away through surrounding components (mainly reverse current through D1 & D2), which takes
about three seconds.
The additional (optional) circuitry in the blue box is for switching a
small relay. It is taken from my Magnetometer article (December 2018;
siliconchip.com.au/Article/11331).
This is designed to avoid any instability in the circuit when a relay is used,
and adds a timer. Without such a circuit, the Omnidetector could become
unstable when switching significant
loads, and sensitivity could be greatly reduced.
The circuit – including its sensors
– needs to be soldered, not tested on
a breadboard because of the high frequencies involved. A DIL socket is recommended for the CMOS IC, in case
anything goes wrong.
Use a 9V or 12V battery as a power
supply, or a well-regulated 9-12V DC
mains supply.
The sensors
Some of the sensors which were successfully tested are:
1. Proximity sensor. Attach two tin
plates around 200mm per side (or aluminium foil, or copper-clad fibreglass)
to terminals A and B, separately. Solder link wires across terminals C and
D, and E and F.
Tune oscillator IC1a to 100kHz to
begin with (or adjust VR1 to 100kW,
and VR2 to its mid-point). Then adjust
VR3 and VR4 until the best result is
obtained when moving a hand near a
plate. There is more than one setting
which will work here, but some are
better than others. Note that the plates
can detect hands through objects, such
as books or tabletops.
2. For light detection, adjust multiturn variable resistors VR1-VR4 far back
and connect two LDRs (light-dependent resistors) between terminals C-D
and E-F. Their value will be quite high,
say about 100kW. If these are pointed
at a light source, the Omnidetector will
pick up interrupted light with ease. If
siliconchip.com.au
the light source is more than a few metres away, lenses may be required to
focus the light on the LDRs.
Some street lights are trickier to
use than others – sodium lamps, for
instance, where the light is harshly
pulsed. If the LDRs are suitably adjusted, the circuit will not be triggered by
the sunrise. But it could be set up to
detect a morning shadow, so that one
has a sunrise alarm.
3. For heat detection, use identical
NTC or PTC thermistors. A nominal
value of about 100kW is good. VR1VR4 are again turned far back, and the
two thermistors wired to terminals C-D
and E-F. In use, the output will be triggered if one thermistor is warmed or
cooled relative to the other.
4. It can detect a weight of about 1kg
(10N force) or more using electrically conductive foam. Use foam sheets
which offer a resistance of about 50kW
when uncompressed, sandwiched between pieces of copper clad board.
Wire the foam pads to terminals C-D
and E-F; it might be possible to hook up
only one pad, replacing the other with a
wire link, and still obtain good results.
siliconchip.com.au
The pressure pad may be placed under a mat or a carpet, or conversely,
under an item which should not be
picked up.
5. A rain alarm using stripboard
sensors. A single sensor is sufficient.
Join together alternate tracks to give
two connection points. You will get
a resistance of about 100kW-500kW in
drizzle, or 20kW-100kW in mediumto-heavy rain. Stripboard sensors are
open-circuit until they detect something, so they need to be wired in parallel with VR1 or VR3.
Such a sensor can also be used as
a touchpad, although it will not be as
effective as the plate type.
6. Metal detector coils. We borrowed
the design of two coils from Andy
Flind’s classic Buccaneer detector,
which is in the public domain. These
are IB (Induction Balance) coils. Note,
however, that the Omnidetector does
not function as an IB detector. Since
both coils are active, it is a BB (Beat
Balance) detector.
The coils are attached to terminals
C-F, with a Faraday shield going to 0V.
These coils are arranged with some
Australia’s electronics magazine
overlap, as with IB. One can now detect small lumps of metal at close proximity, although extreme patience resulted in a crimp bottle-top being detected at 100mm.
Try a higher frequency first, say
250kHz (adjust VR3 to 25kW and VR4
to its mid-point). In this case, a resistor in parallel with Q1’s gate capacitor will improve responsiveness. The
coils will also pick up moving magnetic fields at close proximity, such
as a ball magnet.
7. The Omnidetector can detect
flowing liquid and even the difference
between various liquids. Take two tin
plates about 40mm square and solder
leads to them. Cover both sides with
paper, then soak them in epoxy resin
and allow them to dry. Use spacers to
mount them about 5mm apart.
Liquid can now flow between the
(insulated) plates. These sensors replace the 47pF capacitors at pins 1 &
13 of IC1a/IC1f, although one could
also wire them in parallel, with lesser
sensitivity. Don’t forget the link wires.
Rev. Thomas Scarborough,
Capetown, South Africa. ($150)
March 2021 43
The History of Videotape – part 1
Quadruplex
By Ian Batty, Andre Switzer & Rod Humphris
Analog videotape is now obsolete. But it was state-of-the-art for
many decades, and during that time, a video recorder was arguably
the most advanced piece of electronic equipment in many homes.
The history of video recording is quite fascinating, and this series of
articles provides an in-depth explanation of how it came about and
changed over the years.
www.historyofrecording.com/ampexvrx1000aniv.html
A
udiotape recording and playback
predate videotape, with early
magnetic recording of audio demonstrated in 1898. Oxide tape was invented in Germany in 1928. By the time
serious work on videotape recording
started in the 1950s, audiotape was
already widely used.
Audiotape use amplitude-based recording; a stronger signal creates proportionally stronger magnetic patterns
on the tape. Audio signals are in the
frequency range of 20Hz to 20kHz,
a range of ten octaves or three decades. This is not especially difficult
to achieve with magnetic tape.
Videotape, however, needs to cover
44
Silicon Chip
the range of 60Hz to at least 4.2MHz
for the US NTSC standard, or 50Hz to
5MHz for CCIR/PAL (see Fig.1). This is
a range approaching 17 octaves. That’s
a much bigger challenge.
On playback, tape head output doubles for every doubling in frequency
(ie, output increases at 6dB/octave).
Let’s say that we can get away with a
video signal that has a signal-to-noise
ratio (SNR) of 40dB. From 50Hz to
5MHz, the signal ratio due to the 6dB/
octave effect is 100dB! That means
that our tape system SNR needs to be
at least 140dB (Fig.2). That is simply
not possible. So video signals cannot
be recorded and played back using
Australia’s electronics magazine
conventional amplitude recording.
Another reason why amplitude recording cannot be used for video is
that any tiny variations in tape-to-head
contact (dropouts) would severely affect the replayed picture (Fig.3). Variations in the tape’s oxide layer would
also cause major visual disruptions,
especially if the signal level falls and
the synchronising signals cannot be
detected.
Tape-to-head speeds
Tape systems work well up to a frequency where the wavelength of the
recorded magnetic pattern approaches
the width of the tape head’s magnetic
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the recording bandwidth needed for a direct (linear) analog transcription of
standard audio and video (PAL) signals. The horizontal axis is logarithmic; video
covers 16.5 octaves (five decades) while audio covers 10 octaves (three decades).
The BBC’s Video Electronic Recording
Apparatus (VERA) was an attempt to
record video onto tape in a similar
manner to audio. It used stationary
heads and a very high tape speed,
necessitating huge tape reels. Despite
their size, each reel only lasted 15
minutes! Source: www.vtoldboys.com
Ampex’s Harold Lindsay (left) and
Alexander M. Poniatoff (right)
with the well-regarded Ampex 200
audiotape recorder. Source: www.
historyofrecording.com
Fig.2: the signal from the tape head increases by 6dB for every doubling in frequency. This shows the impossibility of
recording a video signal directly to tape, since to avoid saturation at 5MHz and signals below 50Hz being lost in the noise,
the system would need an impossibly high dynamic range of 140dB.
gap. At precisely one wavelength, the
signal on one side of the head has the
same amplitude and polarity as that
on the other side. With no difference
in the magnetic field, there is no output from the head.
So the combination of head gap
width and tape speed determines the
frequency at which head output falls
to zero, and thus the maximum recordable frequency.
For the NTSC limit of 4.2MHz and a
practical head gap of only 2.5µm, the
required tape speed is 21 metres/sec (2
× 2.5 × 10-6 × 4.2 × 106 × 103). That’s the
entire length of an old-fashioned 2400
foot/731m reel in about 35 seconds! It’s
siliconchip.com.au
worse for the CCIR/PAL bandwidth of
5MHz, needing a tape speed of 25m/s,
giving a reel playtime under 30 seconds. So it is not practical to use linear tape recording for video recording.
VERA
Despite all these apparent problems,
some hardy folks did give amplitude
recording a try. The BBC’s Video Electronic Recording Apparatus (VERA)
from 1952 took on the challenge, using stationary heads and a very high
tape speed.
Unable to accommodate the required 405-line standard’s bandwidth
of 3MHz with amplitude recording, Dr
Australia’s electronics magazine
Peter Axon’s team ingeniously split the
entire signal into three bands.
Band A contained signals 50Hz~100
kHz (including synchronising signals),
frequency modulated onto a 1MHz
carrier. Band B contained signals
100kHz~3MHz using amplitude modulation. Band C frequency-modulated
the audio signal onto a 250kHz carrier.
Splitting the video bandwidth did
allow the 405-line bandwidth of 3MHz
to be accommodated, and demonstrated the principle of recording video
on tape.
VERA’s development lasted until
1956, by which time US company
...continued on page 48
March 2021 45
A
A Timeline
Timeline of
of Videotape
Videotape Recording
Recording
1956: Ampex VR-1000A
The VR-1000A was the first of
Ampex’s 2-inch quadruplex recorders
(www.flickr.com/photos/82365211<at>
N00/2215654688/). Prior to this
Ampex had worked magnetic tape
systems that were based off the
Germans’ work on the Magnetophon.
1965: Ampex VR-5000
One of the first Type-A format VTRs,
1-inch tape, one head and helical scan
(www.ebay.com/itm/273727570578).
1969: Philips LDL-1002
Has a recording time of 45
minutes and runs from a 50Hz AC
synchronous motor (https://commons.
wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Philips_
ldl_1002.jpg).
46
Silicon Chip
1956: RCA TRT-1B
RCA’s first workable video tape
recorder. Recordings made on the
TRT-1B were also compatible with
the earlier Ampex VR-1000A (www.
lionlamb.us/quad/rca.html).
1965: Sony CV-2000
The world’s first consumer
videotape recorder (https://youtu.be/
wHiBxlhzgyY).
1969: Akai VT-100S
Records up to 20 minutes onto 1/4inch tape and has a separate camera
unit with a built-in mic (https://youtu.
be/iaPAyVcXz_0). The difference
between the VT-100 and 100S was the
inclusion of a stop-motion feature.
Commercial Equipment
Australia’s electronics magazine
1958: BBC VERA
Here is the first live demonstration of
VERA in 1958 by Richard Dimbleby:
https://youtu.be/YCyxPLXLaKA
Source image: http://archive.
totterslane.co.uk/tech/vera.htm
1967: Sony DV-2400
The “Portapak” was the first
consumer-oriented portable videotape
recorder and could record up to 20
minutes (https://en.wikipedia.org/
wiki/File:Sony_AV-3400_Porta_Pak_
Camera.jpg).
1969: IVC 800
A 1-inch videotape colour recording/
playback machine (https://youtu.be/
EIhI85cHIfg). It also has slow motion
playback and two audio tracks.
Consumer Equipment
siliconchip.com.au
1971: Sony VO-1600
The first video cassette recorder; it
used Sony’s U-matic system and had
a TV tuner (www.labguysworld.com/
Sony_VO-1600.htm).
1975: Sony SL-7300
The first standalone Betamax player,
it was called the SL-7200 in America
(http://takizawa.gr.jp/uk9o-tkzw/tv/SL6300.pdf).
1976: JVC HR-3300
The first VHS recorder, it could hold
two hours of footage per cassette
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
File:JVC-HR-3300U.jpg).
1983: Sony BMC-100P
The “Betamovie” is an early
camcorder for the Betamax format
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
File:Sony_Betamovie_BMC-100P.jpg).
siliconchip.com.au
1972: Philips N1500
This was the first device to use the
commonly known VCR format (https://
en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:N1500_
v2.jpg).
1976: Ampex VPR-2
1974: Sony VO-3800
The first portable U-matic recorder.
While it records in colour, it can only
play back in black & white, and needs
a separate power supply to display
colour (www.labguysworld.com/
Sony_VO-3800.htm).
1976~85: Bosch BCN 52
Two Ampex VPR-2s that used 1-inch
Type-C videotapes which replaced
quadruplex (www.vtoldboys.com/
hw1980.htm).
1976: Sony BVU200
The Sony BVU200 was one of the first
“broadcast video” U-matic players
before being replaced by Betamax.
1985: Sony Handycam
The first Video8 camcorder which
succeeded the Betamax-based models
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
File:Handycam-dvd.JPG).
Australia’s electronics magazine
A 1-inch Type-B recorder with digital
timebase corrector (TBC) playback,
slow motion and visible shuttle.
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/
File:BCN_52_type_B_VTR.jpg
1999: Sony DCR-TRV103
The first Digital8 camcorder. Outside
of Sony the only other manufacturer
of Digital8 devices was Hitachi.
March 2021 47
While there will be some difference
in playback signal level between sync
tip and peak white frequencies (due to
the 6dB/octave effect), these will be removed by the limiting amplifiers used
in FM receiver/playback systems. Ideally, the playback response will be flat
from 50Hz to 5MHz, the required range
of 100,000:1 or five decades.
FM signals are recorded at tape saturation level. This ensures a high playback signal, but also removes the need
for the tape biasing critical to amplitude systems.
Rotating heads
Fig.3: a simulation of what you could expect to see upon playback of a linearly
recorded video signal due to small variations in the head-to-tape distance and
variations in the properties of the tape’s oxide layer. In this example, you can
see a large-scale dropout at the top and a few one-line dropouts near the centre.
This image was taken from the 1923 episode “Felix the Ghost Breaker” of Felix
the Cat (https://archive.org/details/FelixTheCat-FelixTheGhostBreaker1923).
Ampex had successfully demonstrated its superior and revolutionary
quadruplex system. Already obsolete,
VERA first went to air in 1958. VERA’s
high tape speed of 5m/s meant that
a 520mm diameter reel of tape (over
4.2km!) only ran for some 15 minutes.
The American experience was similar to the BBC’s. Bing Crosby Enterprises, owned by popular entertainer
Bing Crosby, was already using Ampex
200 audio recorders in their studios.
One was modified for a tape speed of
360 inches/s (over 30km/h!), and did
play back a grainy image.
The Radio Corporation of America
(RCA) also demonstrated a linear system. Like VERA, these systems used
stationary heads, high tape speeds,
and gigantic reels of tape. These linear, amplitude-based systems could
not be made practical.
The solution:
frequency modulation
Conventional amplitude modulation must always occupy a bandwidth of twice the highest modulating frequency. Also, it’s impractical
to use a modulating frequency more
than a fraction of the carrier frequency
for AM. Frequency modulation (FM)
can occupy any required bandwidth
(Fig.4).
48
Silicon Chip
Narrow-band FM (NBFM) occupies a
bandwidth that’s a fraction of its highest
modulating frequency, while broadcast
FM uses a bandwidth that’s five times
its highest modulating frequency.
It’s also possible to frequencymodulate close to the carrier frequency. Video frequency modulators
commonly use a carrier frequency of
a few MHz for the synchronising signal frequency (synch tip) level (zero
signal volts), and a carrier frequency
some two to three times that for peak
white level (one signal volt).
The actual rate of modulation (corresponding to the frequency of the
modulating video signal) is accommodated by circuit design.
Additionally, frequency-modulated
systems are highly immune to variations in signal amplitude. This means
that tape dropouts and other imperfections will have much less effect in frequency-modulated recording systems.
Could we have linear AM systems for total frequency modulation
and overcome the signal quality and
bandwidth problems? Maybe. But that
would leave the 20km/h-plus tape
speeds that made these systems impractical.
The solution is rotating head mechanisms. A rotating head moves relative
to the tape, as well as spooling from the
supply to takeup reel. This was Ampex’s stroke of genius. The magnetic
track could lie at a slant angle across
the tape, with multiple tracks in parallel (see Fig.5).
This means narrow tracks, and narrowing the magnetic track makes the
SNR worse. But frequency-modulated
systems do not respond to noise for
signals of moderate strength, so the
designers can define a track width
that gives an acceptable SNR for the
frequency modulated record/playback system.
The tape heads were mounted on a
spinning disc, running almost at right
angles to the tape’s direction of travel
(Fig.6). Known as the headwheel, its
rotational speed easily allowed writing/reading speeds across the tape in
the metres/second range.
This allowed the tape transport’s
longitudinal speed to be greatly reduced, giving the practical, standard
speed of 15ips or 381mm/s.
Readers may anticipate the need for
high-precision control of tape speed
Fig.4: the basic principle
of encoding an analog
video signal using
frequency modulation
(FM) which makes
recording it onto tape
a much simpler affair.
This is essentially the
same approach used in
analog TV broadcasting.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.5: the Ampex quadruplex videotape layout. The tape is moving horizontally while the head is moving vertically, so the
video tracks are laid down at an angle. The audio, cue and control tracks are laid down in the traditional method, along
the length of the tape.
and head positioning. These are done
by servomechanisms. Servos will be
described fully in the following article.
Ampex quadruplex
Alexander M. Poniatoff founded
Ampex in 1944, using his initials, and
ex(cellence) for the name. Releasing
the high-performing Ampex 200 audio recorder in 1948, Poniatoff and his
company anticipated the use of tape
recording for television, beginning experiments in 1952.
Ampex’s 1956 demonstration of
their VR-1000 rendered other designs
obsolete, and “quad” would become
the industry standard.
There were two complications, however. First, although the tape could be
wrapped to conform to the circumference created by the spinning heads,
any wrap over 90° was impractical.
Fig.6: the Ampex quadruplex head
mechanism. The head is in the centre
while the vacuum shoe, which keeps
the tape in contact with the head,
is at left. Source: https://youtu.be/
fpBRuheelu4
siliconchip.com.au
But, since the video signal is continuous, there must be continuous head-totape contact. So the head wheel was
designed to carry four heads, with the
tape wrap a little over 90°.
This guaranteed continual headto-tape contact, and head switching
could be done electronically. The tape
was made to conform to the arc of the
heads by a curved “shoe”, aided by a
vacuum system. The shoe is visible to
the left in Fig.6.
The head rotational speed was dictated by the minimum acceptable headto-tape speed to give sufficient record/
replay bandwidth, and this meant that
only some 16 picture lines could be
written or read in one head scan. This
meant that any mistiming between
heads would distort the picture – an
effect known as head banding.
To prevent track-to-track interference, unrecorded guard bands were
left between each recorded track on
the tape (see Fig.7). Also, during playback, it was vital that the heads aligned
accurately to the centres of the transverse tracks.
The audio was recorded on a linear track, just as with a conventional
audio recorder. A control track with
alignment pulses was added, and on
replay, these were detected and fed to
the head servomotor to ensure accurate head tracking and correct picture
re-assembly.
The high tape-to-head speed, combined with frequency modulation,
gave the full video bandwidth without
any band-splitting (as in VERA), and
high immunity to tape defects.
The transverse recording brought
two further benefits. Firstly, tape
stretch, a serious problem with linear
recording, was minimised by the nearvertical track angle. Since the heads
were servoed to the index pulses, these
would separate or close up as the tape
Fig.7: when the “Magna-see” slurry was applied to a quad tape, the video track
strips became visible. Each strip encodes 16 lines of video. As there is a gap
between the strips, it is possible to cut and splice quad tape by hand. You just
need to know exactly where to cut!
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 49
stretched, keeping the head scanner
aligned to the centre of each track.
Secondly, each track contained a
complete number of picture lines, and
it was possible to ‘expose’ these with
a fine magnetic slurry called Magnasee, as shown in Fig.7. So editors could
visually locate end-of-frame edit pulses and successfully cut-and-splice an
original tape with no visual disturbance to the replayed picture.
(16 x 64). But that isn’t good enough.
Videotape itself is not rigid – it will
suffer stretch errors that even the most
aggressive servos cannot correct. No
mechanical servo can respond with
microsecond accuracy, at microsecond intervals. Even errors in the tens
of nanoseconds (10-8 seconds) will be
evident if the VTR’s output is put to air.
Timebase correction
VTRs are mechanical gadgets with
two critical electromechanical servo
systems. The tape transport servo
controls the tape speed, and this
determines whether the off-tape video will exactly match the vertical rate
of station syncs. If this isn’t done, the
VTR video will roll vertically and cannot be put to air.
The headwheel servo controls the
headwheel’s rotational speed, and this
determines whether the off-tape video
will exactly match the horizontal rate
of station sync. If this is not done, the
VTR video will slide horizontally, or
be offset left or right compared to station sync and cannot be put to air.
Remember that in the late 1950s,
digital technology was restricted to
massive computers the size of a small
bus. So the solution was to use an array
of switchable delay lines to ‘juggle’ the
replay video’s timing, and force it into
exact synchronism with the station references. These analog timebase correctors (TBCs) used selectable delay lines
with periods from 125 nanoseconds,
augmented by a continuously-variable
secondary system.
Yes, analog TBCs were large, expensive and complex, but videotape
could only replace film if the VTR’s
playback images could be made to follow station sync.
Timebase errors
So, Ampex’s VT-100 could record
and play back high-quality video. And
the playback picture looked fine on a
monitor connected directly to the VTR.
But it proved impossible to feed that
replay video into a studio system for
broadcast for reasons relating to station synchronisation.
Every TV station has a master reference that generates sync pulses (station sync) for the cameras, the vision
mixers and other program sources,
ensuring that every image is framed
exactly. Every image is absolutely
‘in-sync’ with every other, so that any
superimposing (such as a crossfading
from one camera to another) shows
the two images blending without one
‘drifting’ over the other.
This was never a problem with putting film to air; “telecine” used a TV
camera that viewed the image from an
ordinary movie projector that ran the
film, and that TV camera was locked
to station sync. But the VTR’s playback
signal was not in sync with the station.
We can design a servo system that
forces the VTR’s tape transport to run
at precisely the station’s 50Hz frame
sync rate. We can also add a headwheel
servo to make sure the headwheel scans
exactly 16 lines in 1024 microseconds
The analog TBC circuit (see Fig.8)
comprises, first, a stepped, digitallycontrolled delay line from 0.125µs to
63.875µs. The coincidence detector
senses the time error between the station sync and the off-tape video. The
coincidence detector’s control output
sets the switchable delay line to a delay which is some multiple of 0.125µs.
The output is now stable in time, but
it may not be exactly in-phase with the
station sync, and this would give an
image slightly displaced to the left or
right relative to an image from a studio camera.
The second stage in the process uses
analog processing: the analog coincidence detector sends a control signal
to a continuously-variable (analog) delay line. This allows the TBC to ‘trim’
the video output so that it is precisely
in phase with station sync.
The VTR’s output could then be
mixed with any other station source
(such as a camera), and show no displacement error across the screen.
If this sounds complicated, you’re
right. And recall that this was implemented in valve technology. RCA’s
TRT-1, competitor to the Ampex machines, is the size of six refrigerators!
Over time, design advances reduced
quadruplex technology in size and
improved video quality. NTSC and
PAL colour systems were designed for
monochrome compatibility. As quad
machines had always had the capability of recording the entire video bandwidth, this meant that they could record and play back colour video too.
Timebase correction was vital for
successful colour operation. While
monochrome systems could tolerate
timing and phase errors, the NTSC colour system transmitted colour infor-
The TRT-1, RCA’s first 2-inch VTR, took up six full racks (the three racks shown
here are half the machine). Each was about the size of a domestic refrigerator.
TBCs were required to interface VTRs to broadcast studio feeds. As technology
progressed and transistors took over from valves, TBCs shrank, and their
capabilities improved.
Source: www.lionlamb.us/quad/
►
An Ampex VR-3000 “portable” ►
VTR. These were popular with
reporters as the tape could be
re-used many times, as opposed
to film, which could be used
only once and then discarded.
Source: wikimedia user
Gunnar Maas
50
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
mation as a phase-modulated signal.
Any phase errors during replay would
create visible shifts in hue; reds might
become greenish, giving a deathly cast
to the faces of actors and newsreaders.
By the time colour television was
introduced, advances in timebase correction were able to cope with VTR
phase errors, giving faithful reproduction within the fundamental limitations of NTSC.
The most advanced quad machine
was Ampex’s VR-3000 (shown at lower
left). Its ability to record and play back
video, and a wide range of other signals, saw it used by the US military as
an aid to vehicle- and aircraft-mounted surveillance systems, as well as its
peaceful use in replacing movie film
as the reporter’s medium of record.
Its portability demanded the usual circuit rethinking and redesign.
By then, solid-state electronics was
well-established as the technology of
choice, allowing compact electronics
such that it was mainly the mechanical transport which dictated the equipment’s final size.
But there was one last challenge.
Large quad machines used vacuum or
air-pressure systems to bring the tape
into proper contact with the headwheel. This was impractical with the
VR-3000, so an elaborate and highlyprecise tape guide/shoe mechanism
was required.
Most quad machines have gone to
scrap. Some remain in the hands of
dedicated collectors and museums.
The few in working order are used to
recover archival tapes for digitisation
and preservation, or in live demonstrations of this ingenious technology.
The operator recalls
Randall Hodges was one of the earliest operators of VTR technology. He recalled his experiences for this article.
Before videotape, news gathering
and other outside-the-studio material was shot on film, or came in by a
remote relay. Film had been around
since 1923. It had matured by the
1950s – everyone knew how to use it
and equipment was plentiful.
Film worked fine, but it needed expensive developing equipment and
chemicals, and it could only be used
once. Processing easily took 45 minutes to an hour. Film copying used
specialist equipment and was costly
and time-consuming. And if the camera operator missed a shot, if it was
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.8: the basic principle of analog timebase correction. The correction needs
to be continuously variable over a range of 0-64µs. Since it was too difficult to
do this in a single stage at the time, a 0-300ns continuously variable delay was
combined with a series of switchable 125ns delay lines.
out of focus or poorly framed, no-one
could tell for sure until the film had
been developed and run.
So videotape recorders (VTRs) were
genuinely revolutionary. You could record and play back instantly, and the
audio track could be recorded simultaneously, or separately in post-production to match the vision. You could
also copy videotape easily, cheaply
and almost instantly.
Although a reel of tape was expensive, good-quality tape was OK for perhaps a hundred re-uses, thus making
it economical compared to single-use
movie film.
The VTR made it practical to record
shows for repeat transmission, or to
pick out segments for inclusion in other shows. Yes, it was possible to film
a television monitor (called a “kine”
or “kinny”), but the quality was never very good, and duplication of film
stock is expensive.
ing back a tape recorded on a different
VTR: RCA to Ampex, or vice-versa.
High-frequency playback equalisation varied between machines, so we
would record colour bars at the start of
every tape. For an interchanged tape,
we would play back the colour bar section and adjust equalisation for each
of the four heads.
Head wear could also lead to one (or
more) tracks being recorded at lower
amplitude compared to the others. This
would demand adjustment regardless
of where the tape had originated.
Tape problems
Early formulations used “brown
tape” (ferric oxide), which was quite
noisy and shed oxide like dandruff.
This grade of tape would cause head
clogs that could wipe out the signal
from one head (or all four) completely.
Common quad problems
Head-banding could be a problem with the early machines
playing back their own tapes.
Since each video track was only
16 lines, it was vital that each
head played back with exactly
the same signal strength. It became more common when playAn Ampex quadruplex VTR
(video tape recorder) in use.
There were various different
configurations over the history
of the machines; in this case,
the controls are next to the
tape reels with monitoring
equipment overhead, but other
machines were narrower with a
smaller side control panel and
more rack-mounted equipment
above and below the tape deck.
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 51
The improved “black tape” (chromium dioxide) was much better. Its
signal-to-noise ratio was superior, and
it shed much less oxide.
With brown tape, we’d be on
standby with a lint-free cloth and a
spray can of Freon (later phased out
in favour of isopropyl alcohol).
The headwheel spins at over 10,000
RPM, and the video head tips are less
than a millimetre wide. If you think
this sounds like a highly precise circular saw, you’re right!
The combination of the shoe curvature and the vacuum guiding system
theoretically ensures that each head
makes first contact with the tape a
little way in from the extreme edge.
This prevents the head from catching
on the tape edge, and ensures that the
tape runs smoothly.
Tape damage can take many forms,
but edge damage (scalloping) creates
a “wavy” edge, and this can allow the
video head to impact the extreme edge
of the tape. And cut it in half!
In the worst case of putting a program to air, we would have to rapidly
pause the VTR, open the shoe, draw
maybe half a metre of tape through
the head stations and wrap it onto the
takeup reel, then punch it into play
and hope that the tape would make it
to the end of the program. Those were
fun days!
Going to air
Servos take some time to run up to
speed and lock, with the first generation of quad machines needing eight
seconds from pushing play to delivering guaranteed stable off-tape video in
sync with the station. We called this
the pre-roll or rollback time. But quad
VTRs do not give an image in pause,
and cannot be played in slow motion,
so we couldn’t use any visual cues to
set the pre-roll timing.
What we would do is find the start
of the required program material by
rocking the tape backwards and forwards and listening for the start of the
audio. We would then manually roll
the tape back, counting the one-second cue pulses as we did. We’d hear
a “whoop” each time we rolled past a
cue pulse, so eight whoops back would
give us the pre-roll timing.
Because we were rocking the tape
manually, it was pretty slow compared
to its normal 15ips speed, so the cue
pulses’ usual clean ‘pips’ came out
spread over time, and at a much lower
audible frequency.
We’d leave the VTR in pause and
wait for the producer’s cue. Let’s say
the show’s presenter was going to do
a cross to VTR. The producer would
know pretty well when the presenter
was eight seconds from the cross, and
would call up the VTR.
We’d hit play, and the VTR would
start and lock within the eight-second
window. As the announcer threw to
the VTR, the producer (or the panel
operator) would punch to tape, and the
VTR program would go to air.
We eventually moved to Ampex
AVR-2000s. These had much better
servos, reducing our pre-roll times to
four seconds. Good as those were, quad
technology still could not produce a
still picture or slow motion.
If you ever used the next generation
of helical scan VTRs (“C” format, Umatic, Beta, VHS or Video8), you will
probably know that the tape could run
at any speed from still frame to picture search, and give a picture of some
kind. But quad offered none of these
conveniences. It was ‘play or nothing’.
Cooked by the valves
When I started, we didn’t offer today’s 24/7 service, so the VTRs were
turned off after the last show finished.
Later on, we just left everything running 24/7. The first generation of
valve-equipped VTRs put out a lot of
heat. Our first operating rooms had no
air conditioning, so it was uncomfortable for us and less than appropriate
for the VTRs.
Videotape likes the same range of
temperature and humidity that people do, and this may have contributed to the poor reputation of the oldfashioned “brown tape”. It was a great
relief when we finally got proper air
conditioning.
Over time, valve technology was superseded by solid state, greatly reducing the amount of waste heat generated by the VTRs and making our lives
more comfortable and the machines
more reliable.
Quad cartridges
We would air many shorts; mostly
station promos and advertisements.
These were recorded on two-minute
lengths of two-inch quad tape, held in
cartridges loaded into a conveyor system. The idea was that you’d cue up
the cart, then hit play and put it to air.
But they could be unreliable; so much
so that we’d occasionally just record
the whole ad break to open-reel quad
tape and run it from the VTR rather
than the cart machine.
Conclusion
The authors would like to thank
Randall Hodges for assistance in writing this article. Next month, in the
second part of four in this series, we
describe the helical scan VTR technology and the first round of videotape
format wars.
References & videos
While it looks awkward and
bulky by today’s standards, this
sort of portable video recording
system revolutionised how TV
was recorded and broadcast;
especially the news. Source:
www.labguysworld.com
52
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
VERA: youtu.be/rWCstPCcuKk
An excellent presentation on quad
technology: youtu.be/fpBRuheelu4
Editing two-inch videotape:
youtu.be/7YtmwB9Ds5Y
Cartridge machines:
youtu.be/wM_2upiGUO0
Footage of Alexander M. Poniatoff:
archive.org/details/cst_00007
A thorough written history: www.
labguysworld.com/VTR_TimeLine.
htm
SC
siliconchip.com.au
by
b
o
e
r
DIY H
a
w
d
r
a
H
Hardcore
electronics by
On Sale 24 February to
23 March, 2021
Digital
Microscopes
Excellent for educational
purposes and suitable for
many applications.
600x magnification.
USB QC3191
NOW $79.95 SAVE $20
Rechargeable with
4.3" Screen QC3193
NOW $99 SAVE $30
Bonus
Gift
FREE
1kg Filament
Buy 1 x TL4256
Get 1 x 1kg Flashforge
Filament of your choice
free TL4269-TL4276.
Flashforge
Adventurer 3
3D Printer
Compact structure with no angular design.
Ready to use and no levelling printing. Removable,
heatable and bendable plate. Automatic filament
feeding. Print up to 150Lx150Wx150Hmm. TL4256
899
$
JUST
Quad 14 Segment
Alphanumeric
Display Module
This official kit from Arduino®.
Kit includes UNO board, breadboard
and plenty of prototyping accessories.
Perfect gift for a young electronics
enthusiast or maker in the making. XC9200
See website for details.
249
UP
SAVE TO
$30
169
$
Arduino
Starter Kit
2 FOR
7995
$
ONLY
®
$
NOW FROM
new
Displays numbers,
alphabet & special
characters. Amber colour
backlight. XC3715
new
new
new
SAVE $49
Shop the catalogue online!
JUST
399
$
Bookshelf Style
Bluetooth® Speaker
Stylish retro style with built-in subwoofer
and 30WRMS sound output. Support
True Wireless Stereo (TWS). Hands-free
calls. Input via Bluetooth® or 3.5mm Aux.
XC5250 $149
ALSO AVAILABLE: Sci-Fi Inspired
Bluetooth® Speaker XC5252
INTRO SPECIAL $129 SAVE $20
new
JUST
239
$
Pair through
True Wireless Stereo
(TWS)
JUST
1495
$
Uniden Dash View® 30 Dual Band
Wi-Fi Car Event Camera
OBD II 4G/GPS Tracking Device
Locate and track the whereabouts of your
vehicle in realtime. Track via the Internet
on a PC or Smartphone. 4G SIM card
required. Built-in microphone, SMS alerts
and more. LA9039
Allows direct footage transfer, preview
and even record via Smartphone or
Tablet using the free Uniden app. Built-in
speed and red light camera warning.
2.5K Recording resolution. 140° wide
angle. Voice control / guidance. Sony
Starvis sensor. QV6004
Free delivery on online orders over $99*
Exclusions apply - see website for full T&Cs.
*
USB Retro Arcade
Game Controller
JUST
3995
$
Pairs with any USB compatible gaming
system. Suits PC, Nintendo Switch, PS3 &
Android TV Arcade Games. USB powered.
XC5802
www.jaycar.com.au
1800 022 888
LOTS OF FILAMENT
COLOURS & STYLES
AVAILABLE
FROM $19.95
Workbench wonders
3X FILAMENT
COLOUR MIXING
TECHNOLOGY
NOW
1299
$
3D Printer/ SAVE $50
CNC/Laser Etcher
3D print, engrave and laser cut with a single machine.
Easy swap & interchangeable modules. Includes easy to
use software. Prints up to 125Lx125Wx 25Hmm. TL4400
See website for details.
JUST
299
$
bonus
free gift
Inspection Camera
with Record
Pocket-size endoscope with camera and
LED illumination on a 1m semi-flexible
5.5mm tube to inspect hard to reach areas.
3" display. Records to microSD card (sold
separately). HD 720P resolution. Drop
resistant. QC8716
ONLY
29
$
95
LED Headband Magnifier
Fits over prescription or safety glasses.
Adjustable head strap. 1.5x, 3x, 8.5x or 10x
magnification. Requires 2 x AAA batteries
(SB2426 $1.95 sold separately). QM3511
More ways to pay:
Desktop
3D Scanner
Equipped with a three-colour print head for colour mix print.
Easy-to-use controller and mobile app. Features 3.5" LCD touch
pad, Wi-Fi or USB connectivity, magnetic heat bed and more.
Prints up to 100Hx100(Dia.)mm. TL4412
See website for details.
Watch real life objects become digitised before
your eyes. Scans up to 250Hx180Dmm. Folds for
easy storage. Supplied with MFStudio software
with +Quickscan. TL4420
See website for details.
0-30VDC 0-5A
Regulated
Power Supply
True RMS Autorange
Multimeter
Non-contact voltage
detection. 1000VDC
CATIII rating. 4000
display count. AC/DC
current 10A. QM1321
Power your devices with precise
voltage level and current limits.
Digital control, large LED display.
Built-in over-current & short circuit
protection.
JUST
MP3840
JUST
3995
32GB microSD Card
XC4992 Worth $36.95
SAVE $200
Dobot MOOZ-3Z
Triple Filament 3D Printer
$
189
$
Non-Contact
Thermometer
with Laser Pointer
Measure temperatures
from -50°C up to
600°C in hard to
reach places. 12:1
Distance to Spot
Ratio. Adjustable
emissivity. Large
colour LCD display.
Powered from 2
x AAA batteries
included. QM7424
NOW
69
$
95
SAVE $20
400ml 30W
Ultrasonic Cleaner
JUST
9995
$
ONLY
29
$
NOW
1299
$
SAVE $200
NOW
1299
$
CAPTURES
GEOMETRY IN
AS FAST AS 1
MINUTE!
95
Clean your jewellery, fountain pens,
dentures, eye glases, and other small
machined parts. Mains powered.
YH5414
JUST
37
$
95
EA.
Nashua Gaffer Tape
Large Rare Earth Magnets
Exceptionally strong (SCARY!).
Made from NdFeB (Neodymium Iron
Boron). Nickel plated. LM1652
Professional quality. Leaves no
residue and sticks to most clean
surfaces, including carpet. 48mm
wide × 40m long.
Black NM2812 | Silver NM2814
JUST
199
$
1kg Digital Bench Scale
Weighs in grams, ounces, pounds
etc. Auto power-off after 60 seconds.
Mains powered or 4 x AA Batteries
(SB2425 $3.25 sold separately).
QM7264
LED Magnifying
Lamp & Third Hand
Perfect for PCB
assembly & soldering.
3x magnification.
Powered by 4 x AA
batteries (SB2425
$3.25 sold separately).
TH1989
ONLY
4995
$
Soldering
Iron Stands
Economy
TS1502
$9.95
Deluxe
TS1507
$16.95
Tool time
FROM
995
$
NOW
2995
$
SAVE $5
3-in-1 Function Heat
Blower and Soldering Iron
Solder
Flux Paste
Non-flammable,
non-corrosive.
56g tub. NS3070
Flame or flameless function. Adjustable temp
control. Piezo ignition. Temp range up to
450°C/500°C hot blow. TH1604
$
95
SAVE $20
Soldering
Iron Tip
Cleaner
Static-safe,
suitable for
leadfree solders.
Spare insert
included.
TS1510
ONLY
17
$
95
Portasol Pro Piezo
Gas Soldering Iron
129
Portasol
Pro Piezo Gas SAVE $16
Soldering Tool Kit
95
Easily cut leads, ideal for fine PCB work.
Soft padded handles. Carbon steel. TH1897
19 Compartment Storage
JUST
4495
Made from sturdy ABS with solid
clasps. Removable compartment
trays. 335Lx420Wx60Dmm. HB6305
$
100 Piece
Driver Bit Set
NOW
2495
$
127mm Precision
Angled Side Cutters
JUST
3995
$
JUST
14
$
95
NOW
$
Quality pro piezo iron. Includes tips, cleaning sponge/
tray and storage case. Temp range up to 480°C. Piezo
ignition. 75W equivalent electrical power. TS1318
Adjustable tip temperature up to 580°C. 15-75W equivalent
electrical power. Internal piezo crystal ignitor. TS1310
JUST
18
$
NOW
99
ONLY
17
$
SAVE $3
Includes magnetic holder, Phillips bits, slotted
bits, torx, tamperproof, pin drive, wing nut
driver etc. Suits standard 1/4" driver handle.
TD2038 See website for full contents.
150mm Precision Side Cutters
Designed for sharp cutting in precision wiring.
Insulated soft-grip handle. Carbon steel.
TH1891 THIS IS A LIFETIME PRODUCT
ABS IP66 Enclosure
95
Gasket seals, stainless steel hardware
and IP66 rated. Opaque cover.
200Lx200Wx130Dmm. HB6404
Heavy Duty Terminal Crimper
Used for crimping lug/eye terminals. Built-in
rotating die. Hex crimper. 450mm long.
TH1849
ONLY
22
$
95
Quick Connect Crimp Connector Pack
Consists of all the standard 1/4" (6.35mm) QC
tabs and receptacles and odd QC sizes i.e.:
3.3mm & 4.8mm. 160 pieces. PT4530
ONLY
24
$
95
Heatshrink Assortment
Trade Pack
Contains 160 lengths of different
sizes in a handy storage case.
WH5524
Looking for more product information?
Visit your local store or our website jaycar.com.au
NOW
3995 110 Piece 12V
SAVE $10
$
5495
$
JUST
39
$
JUST
Rotary Tool Kit
73 Piece
Multifunctional Screwdriver Set
Open all kinds of electronic devices. S2 Steel
precision bits. Storage case. TD2136
ONLY
26
$
95
Cable Tie Box
Kit consists of 100 pcs x 200mm,
100 pcs x 150mm, 200 pcs x
100mm. See-through flat storage
case. 400 pieces. HP1216
Drill, saw, sand, polish, carve or grind
in your workshop or out on the road.
12V <at> 12,000RPM. TD2451
ONLY
3995
$
Assorted Solder Splice
Heatshrink Pack
Quickly create sealed soldered joint in one
go. Includes assorted colours and sizes to suit
various cable size. 42 pieces. WH5668
We reward our industry professionals
Power it up!
FROM
279
$
12V Deep Cycle
AGM* Batteries
Designed to store large amounts
of energy. Superior deep cycling
performance for different recreational
and industrial applications.
75Ah SB1680 $279
100Ah SB1682 $299
120Ah SB1683 $399
NEED A LARGER CAPACITY?
150Ah & 200Ah available
for special order only.
4995
12V-7.2A/24V-3.6A
Battery Charger
SAVE UP TO $20
Modified
Sinewave Inverters
Power small appliances such as laptops,
stereos, computers, phone chargers etc. where
mains socket isn't available. 12VDC to 240VAC.
Includes battery lead and alligator clips.
300W MI5302 NOW $49.95 SAVE $10
500W MI5304 NOW $69.95 SAVE $10
800W MI5308 NOW $109 SAVE $20
9995
Power your electrics without flattening your main starter battery.
Automatic isolation. Easy to install. MB3880
FROM
64
95
Mains Laptop Power Supplies
Replace your lost or broken laptop charger.
All models feature short circuit and overload
protection. Compatible with most brands.
65W Fixed Slim MP3321 $64.95
90W Manual
MP3476 $79.95
120W Fixed Slim MP3329 $119
JUST
49
95
EA.
High Power
Mains Power Supplies
Slim design perfect for power boards, with
low energy consumption. Regulated output
voltage. Supplied with 7 changeable DC tips.
12VDC 5A 65W
MP3560
24VDC 2.5A 65W MP3562
48VDC 1.25A 65W MP3564
Ultra High Capacity
1000A 12/24V Lithium
Jump Starter
Heavy Duty
Jumper Leads with LED
NOW
Surge protected. Built-in LED light.
400A 3.0m Long
WH6012 $36.95
700A 4.5m Long
WH6014 $69.95
349
SAVE $20
3-30VDC Tester
With Voltage/Polarity
Readout
Works on 6/12/24V systems.
Stainless steel testing probe.
LED Indicators: Green (-),
Red (+). QP2216
JUST
19
$
95
FROM
3695
$
Lightweight and ultracompact. 12V/24V compatible
starting with automatic
detection. USB charging outlet
and light. Mains & car charger
included. MB3759
$
Non-contact
AC Voltage Detector
Detects AC voltages from
200 to 1000V. Green
and red LED indicators.
Flashlight function.
QP2268
JUST
24
$
95
600A True
RMS AC/DC
Clampmeter
Non-contact voltage
testing. 6000 display
count. CATIII 600V
rated. QM1632
JUST
8995
$
FROM
4995
$
JUST
$
12V 140A Dual Battery Isolator Kit
See in-store or online for details.
$
SAVE $40
Fully automatic 9 state charger for 12 or 24V lead acid
(Wet cell, Gel cell, AGM) and lithium iron phosphate
(LiFePO4) batteries. Built-in protection. IP65 rated.
MB3613
*AGM = Absorbent Glass Mat
$
149
$
NOW FROM
$
NOW
FROM
Desktop Style
Power Supplies
Versatile switchmode power supplies
in a range of different configurations.
12VDC 5A
MP3242 $49.95
12VDC 5A (5 Plugs) MP3243 $54.95
24VDC 2.7A
MP3248 $49.95
4
$
95
/m
High Current
2 Core Power Cables
Figure-8 tinned.
25A WH3087 $4.95/m $379/roll
56A WH3063 $9.95/m $429/roll
90A WH3067 $14.95/m $639/roll
FROM
1495
$
Loom Tubes
Keep wiring in place. 10m long.
7mm dia. HP1223 $14.95
10mm dia. HP1225 $18.95
See website for full range.
ONLY
1995
$
Stainless Steel
Wire Stripper/
Cutter/Pliers
Strips wire up to 2.6mm and
cut steel wires up to 3.0mm.
TH1841
Improve your sound & vision
STREAM AUDIO OR VIDEO VIA BLUETOOTH
Bluetooth®5.0 supports Dual Audio which allows you to
stream music to 2 different speakers at the same time.
NOW
2995
$
new
SAVE $10
2 Channel
Soundbar Speaker
With Bluetooth® 5.0
Audio Mixer
With Bluetooth® Technology
Compact & rechargeable, ideal for street
busking, outdoor parties, etc. 3.5mm Auxiliary
input & output. 6.5mm microphone input.
1500mAh rechargeable battery. AM4230
Rechargeable
Headphones
with Bluetooth®
Technology
Bluetooth® 5.0
Transmitter &
Receiver
with Optical
Amazing sound quality.
Listen to your music
wirelessly via Bluetooth®.
USB Rechargeable.
Built-in mic. AA2129
JUST
3995
$
GREAT FOR TV
OR MUSIC
Enhance the sound of your TV, and can also be used as a
standalone speaker. Includes 3.5mm stereo and digital
optical inputs. 2x14W Output. Wall Mountable.
XC5233
Super flexible. Easy to run
through entertainment
cabinets and along
skirting boards. RG6 quad
shielded.
TV Plug To TV Plug 3m
WV7460 $14.95
TV Plug To F-Plug 3m
WV7464 $14.95
TV Plug To F-Plug 20m
WV7470 $34.95
FROM
See website for
full range.
9995
F-socket
power injector.
14VDC<at>150mA.
LT3256
4K
JUST
29
$
95
Kingray VHF/UHF
Masthead Amp
NOW
29
NOW
26
95
$
SAVE $10
JUST
119
$
High gain with LTE/4G filters to compensate for
redistribution of broadcast frequencies. LT3251
See website for details.
1495
95
SAVE $8
Easy to read pocket sized DVB-T
meter. Correctly adjust the angle of
your digital TV antenna. LT3332
FROM
995
Socket to Socket
Plug to DVI-D Socket
Socket to DVI-D Plug
Mini Plug to Socket
Sinewave tone generator, speaker
polarity and RCA cable tester. Output
range: 0V-8V. 9V speaker popper. RCA
or alligator clips connection. AA0414
FROM
1995
$
HDMI Adaptors
Speaker Polarity Tester
With Tone Generator
$
PA3640 $9.95
PA3642 $9.95
PA3644 $9.95
PA3645 $12.95
DVI-D to
HDMI Cable
1.5m Long
WQ7407 $19.95
3.0m Long
WQ7406 $29.95
Concord 4K HDMI 2.0
Amplified Cables
Amplified transmission.
Avoids signal loss.
10m WQ7437 $79.95
15m WQ7438 $99.95
20m WQ7435 $119
30m WQ7439 $139
Concord 2-Way
4K HDMI Splitter
JUST
8995
$
Simultaneously split to two HDMI displays
from one HDMI source. Up to 4Kx2K video
resolution. High-Dynamic-Range (HDR)
video support. Mains adaptor included.
AC5000
4K
NOW
79
$
95
SAVE $10
Roadies
Cable Tester
Digital TV
Signal Strength Meter
JUST
Replacement
Power Supply
for Masthead
Amplifier
$
$
7995
$
$
Multi-directional. Can stream audio to or from
your Bluetooth® device to play on your stereo,
speaker etc. TOSLINK Optical input & output. AA2112
Concord Flexible TV
Coax Leads
JUST
Test Speakon,
RCA, USB, RJ45
cables. LED
indicators. Bulletproof metal
construction.
AA0405
JUST
129
$
Switch up to 4 different HDMI displays. Up
to 4Kx2K video resolution. High-DynamicRange (HDR) video support. 3.5mm stereo
audio output socket. AC5010
1080P
HD
FROM
7995
$
Concord 4-Way
4K HDMI Switcher
4K
TERMS AND CONDITIONS: REWARDS / CLUB MEMBERS FREE GIFT, % SAVING DEALS, & MEMBERS OFFERS requires ACTIVE Jaycar Rewards / membership at
time of purchase. Refer to website for Rewards / membership T&Cs. IN-STORE ONLY refers to company owned stores and not available to Resellers. Page 1: FREE 1
x 1kg Flashforge Filament with purchase of Adventurer 3D Printer (TL4256), select from TL4269-TL4276. Page 1: Multibuys: 2 x XC5250 for $249. Page 2: FREE 32GB
microSD card (XC4992) with purchase of Inspection Camera (QC8716). SUPPLY CHAIN DISRUPTION. We apologise for factors out of control which may result in some
items may not being available on the advertised on-sale date of the catalogue.
JUST
179
$
1080p HDMI
Cat5e/Cat6 Over IP Extender
Send high definition AV signals to a screen
in another room up to 150m away using a
Cat5e/6 cable through a common router
or Ethernet switch. Infrared remote control
extender. AC1752
Additional Receiver AC1753 $99.95
Make with microcontrollers
JUST
JUST
Arduino® Compatible
NANO Board
Arduino® Compatible
UNO R3 Board
2995
2995
$
NOW
7
$
4995
$
Fully compatible with all the features of the full
Duinotech boards but on a tiny DIP-style form.
ATMega328P microcontroller. 46Lx18Wx18Hmm.
XC4414
$
20% OFF
NOW
$
Our most powerful Arduino® compatible board. Boasting
more IO pins, more memory, more PWM outputs, more
analogue inputs and more serial ports. ATMega2560
microcontroller. 53Lx108Wx15Hmm. XC4420
NOW
Read the signals sent by most IR remote
controls. Pair it with the TX Module
(XC4426 $4.95 sold separately) to make a
universal remote control. XC4427
NOW
395
95
$
20% OFF
Infrared Receiver Module
Connect a legacy device (or computer) to
your existing Arduino® board to directly
communicate with a huge variety of serial
peripherals. Full RS-232 port. XC3724
Arduino® Compatible
MEGA 2560 R3 Board
7
95
10% OFF
RS-232 to
TTL UART Converter Module
$
Stackable design makes adding expansion shields
easy. Powered from 7-12VDC or from your computers
USB port. ATMega16u2 USB-Serial chipset.
53Lx75Wx13Hmm. XC4410
3
95
JUST
20% OFF
Tri-Axis Digital Tilt Sensor
Use this high performance acceleration
sensor in your project to detect direction,
as well as free fall, pulse, and shake
detection. 12 bit and 8 bit digital outputs.
I2C digital output interface. XC3732
Red Laser Diode Module
Need a red laser light for your latest
project? Just connect this diode module
to 5VDC and you’re good to go! Use it
with our light sensor module (XC4446
$5.95 sold separately) to make a laser
tripwire. XC4490
RF Transceiver Module
NOW
31
$
95
20% OFF
Adds a versatile 433MHz
radio to your Arduino®
project allowing two-way
wireless communication
between Arduinos. Includes
antenna. 1.9-3.6VDC
operating voltage. XC4522
Ethernet Expansion Module
A network shield that enables you to set
your Arduino® up as web server, control
your project over your network or even
connect your Arduino® to world wide web.
XC4412
NOW
1495
$
25% OFF
NOW
39
$
$
10% OFF
10% OFF
GPS Receiver Module
With On-board Antenna
RGB LED Module
Add GPS functions to your next Arduino®
project. 2.5m accuracy to pin point your
location. Flash memory retains data even
when power is disconnected. Onboard &
external antenna options. XC3710
Jiffy Boxes
Manufactured from
ABS plastic. Sizes are
compliant with industry
standards externally and
PCB fitting internally.
Various sizes available.
Black/grey colour.
UB5 HB6015 $3.45
UB3 HB6013 $4.50
UB2 HB6012 $7.95
UB1 HB6011 $5.25
NOW
425
95
Can be interfaced with a variety of
microcontrollers. 4 pin header. 3.3-5VDC.
XC4428
Flexible
Light Duty
Hook-up Wire
Breadboard Layout
Prototyping Boards
FROM
3
$
45
Transfer your breadboard design
without having to rework it.
Small 25 Rows/400 Holes HP9570 $4.95
Large 59 Rows/862 Holes HP9572 $9.95
FROM
495
$
Quality 13 × 0.12
tinned hookup wire
on plastic spools.
8 different colours
available. 25m roll.
Red WH3000
Black WH3001
See website for full range.
ONLY
595
$
EA.
Expand your project's capabilities
NOW
NOW
695
64 red LED matrix. Easily controlled with the LED Control
library. Display custom characters, or use multiple
modules together to make a scrolling display. XC4499
ONLY
4
NOW
11
Allows full control of two DC motors or one steppermotor. Provides 4A at up to 30V. Onboard 5V regulator to
power your Arduino® main board. 3-30VDC. XC4492
NOW
11
13
95
ARDUINO® COMPATIBLE
This icon indicates that the
product will work in your
Arduino® based project.
NOW
Prototyping Board Shield
This stackable shield makes semi-permanent prototyping
simple. Provides solder-pad access to all of the Arduino's
pins, and a large area of isolated pads. Includes reset
button. XC4482
$
Has 2x5V servo ports connected to the Arduino's highresolution dedicated timer to ensure jitterfree operation.
Control up to four DC motors or two stepper motors.
5-16VDC. XC4472
NOW
24V 5A MOSFET Driver Module
Accepts Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) input to drive
24VDC loads from you Arduino®. Operate lighting, DC
motors, pumps, solenoids, etc. 3.3V-5VDC. XC4488
NOW
395
95
$
20% OFF
Microphone Sound Sensor Module
Great for any project to detect sounds. Includes both
analogue (for waveform) and digital output with
adjustable threshold for simple sound detection. XC4438
Active Buzzer Module
The easy way to add sound to your project. Hook up a
digital pin and ground, and use the tone() function to get
your Arduino® beeping. XC4424
Solderless Breadboard
with Power Supply
ONLY
21
$
NOW
25% OFF
Motor & Servo Controller Module
830 tie-point breadboard
with removable power
supply module. Power
from USB or 12V
plugpack. 64 mixed
length/colour
jumper wires.
PB8819
ONLY
595
95
25% OFF
Play MP3, WAV, or WMA files from an onboard microSD
card (16GB XC4989 $19.95 sold separately) with your
next electronics project. 5W power. XC3748
$
This shield gives you plenty of room to prototype your
latest MEGA project. Stackable. Provides access to all of
the MEGA's pins and plenty of solder pads to prototype
on. XC4416
$
20% OFF
ONLY
Prototype Shield with Breadboard for MEGA
5
95
For projects that don't require full colour.
Wide viewing angle to eliminate eye strain. XC3728
ALSO AVAILABLE: 15" OLED Colour Module XC3726
NOW $54.95 20% OFF
$
20% OFF
Stepper Motor Controller Module
1.3" 128 x 64 OLED
Monochrome Module
1595
95
$
20% OFF
Checks function,
brightness,
colour and
polarity of light
emitting diodes
(LED). AA0274
ONLY
9
95
LED Tester
A larger display with cool white on blue graphics. Similar
to the character LCD’s with inbuilt character ROM, but the
flexibility to show graphics as well. 8 bit, 4bit and serial
interfaces available. XC4617
$
Create custom hardware and add features
to your project or build custom sensor nodes
or output modules. XC3850
MP3 Audio Player Module
128 x 64 LCD
Dot Matrix Module
12
95
Prototyping Shield for Wi-Fi Mini
$
20% OFF
20% OFF
8 x 8 LED
Dot Matrix Module
$
$
$
10% OFF
$
1995
2395
$
NOW
95
ONLY
24
$
95
Assorted LED Pack
Contains 3mm and 5mm LEDs of
mixed colours. 10x5mm mounting
hardware. 100 pieces. ZD1694
RASPBERRY PI COMPATIBLE
This icon indicates that the
product will work in your
Raspberry Pi project.
5 Piece
Stainless
Steel Tool Set
Set of 5x115mm
cutters & pliers.
Soft ergonomic
grips. TH1812
ONLY
3495
$
Not sure what to build next?
Here's some inspiration:
jaycar.com.au/projects
NOW
169
$
SAVE $50
13.8V 40A
Switchmode Bench
Power Supply
High current general workshop power supply for
equipment, component testing, etc. Banana socket style
binding post output. Internal cooling fan. MP3089
NOW
199
$
Solder/
SAVE $50
Desolder
Rework Station
NOW
169
$
SAVE $50
50
$
SAVE
ON THESE
PRODUCTS
60W Soldering iron and 300W
rework blower. Dual digital display.
Adjustable temperature up to 480°C.
Quick heat-up.
TS1648
9" High Resolution
Auto LCD Monitor
with HDMI Input
Ideal for car or truck. Equipped with anti-glare
shield to improve visibility. RCA & HDMI inputs.
QM3874
NOW
319
$
12V 30A
Charger for
Lithium & Lead
Acid Batteries
SAVE $50
Charges 12V and 24V lead acid, AGM and
lithium (LiFePO4) batteries from 50Ah to 300Ah,
with or without load. Automated 5-stage charging
for Lead Acid and 2-stage charging for LiFePO4
batteries. 12V 30A or 24V 15A output. MB3621
get
get
that
thatthing
thing
you
youneed,
need,
win
win
that
thatthing
thing
you
youwant.
want.
SPEND
SPEND$50
$50OR
ORMORE
MOREFOR
FORAACHANCE
CHANCETO
TOWIN
WINAN
ANISUZU
ISUZUD-MAX
D-MAX
* *
ForFor
fullfull
details
details
onon
how
how
to to
enter,
enter,
drawing
drawing
& rules
& rules
head
head
to:to:
jaycar.com.au/dmax-jaycar
jaycar.com.au/dmax-jaycar
*Terms and conditions. Starts 12:01 AM AEDT 26/2/21. Ends 11:59 PM AEST 30/4/21. Open to AUST residents who fulfil the entry/eligibility requirements. Prize is a 21MY Isuzu D-MAX 4x4 LS-U Automatic valued at up to $61,998 (inc GST).
Prize draw 10:00 AM AEST 13/5/21 at Level 2, 11 York St Sydney NSW 2000. Winners notified via email by 14/5/21 and published at jaycar.com.au/dmax-jaycar by 17/5/21. Promoter is Jaycar Pty Ltd. ABN 65 000 087 936. 320 Victoria Rd Rydalmere NSW 2116.
Authorised under NSW Authority No. TP/00716, and ACT Permit No. TP 21/00078 and SA Permit No. T21/71. Actual prize vehicle not shown, specifications may vary. For full terms and conditions refer to jaycar.com.au/dmax-terms
Your Club,
Your Perks.
KEEP UP TO DATE WITH THE LATEST
OFFERS & WHAT’S ON! JOIN NOW!
1800 022 888
www.jaycar.com.au
Over 100 stores & 130 resellers nationwide
HEAD OFFICE
320 Victoria Road,
Rydalmere NSW 2116
Ph: (02) 8832 3100
Fax: (02) 8832 3169
ONLINE ORDERS
www.jaycar.com.au
techstore<at>jaycar.com.au
Arrival dates of new products in this flyer confirmed at the time of print. Call your local store to check stock. Occasionally discontinued
items advertised on a special / lower price in this flyer have limited to nil stock in certain stores, including Jaycar Authorised Resellers, and
cannot be ordered or transferred. Savings off Original RRP. Prices and special offers are valid from 24.02.2021 - 23.03.2021.
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
If it isn’t one thing, it’s another
Dave Thompson
Sometimes, even when there are no customers lining up, work comes
along anyway. It isn’t always welcome, but when your tools go
down, you have to fix them. It doesn’t help that I’m afflicted with the
Serviceman’s Curse, so I’m allergic to paying for replacement tools when
it’s possible to (uneconomically) fix them!
Over the past year, plenty of local
businesses have folded; there simply
isn’t the customer traffic to keep the
doors open any more due to lockdowns
and general economic malaise.
While our overall revenue has
dropped, as you would expect with
a lot less work coming in, the silver
lining is that I finally have some free
time to get onto those little jobs that
I’d been putting off.
Those of you who live the rock and
roll life of a serviceman know that
sometimes things don’t go according
to plan. An anticipated five-minute job
can easily turn into a two-day mission
in the flash of a shorted battery connector or a clumsily-placed screwdriver.
That sort of thing doesn’t happen to me,
of course! But I do hear rumours that it
happens to other, less-careful people.
The first small job created itself
when I went to use my soldering station, and the pencil was still cold 10
minutes after I switched it on. The astute among you will know soldering
irons are meant to be hot, so the fact
that I could hold on to the wrong end
need,
of it without being burntyou
told me
that
something was up!
The pencil connects to the soldering
station using one of those multi-pin
screw-on plugs, sometimes called a
GX-16 series connector. I removed and
re-connected it, and it seemed sound,
so I guessed that the pencil’s element
had gone open-circuit.
Confirming this theory proved to be
more difficult than I imagined, mainly because the pencil itself appears to
be a moulded unit. Everything is set
into it at manufacture, and it cannot
be disassembled to reveal the innards. The cable stress reliever at
the bottom can be prised out, but
the element appears to have no
means of being removed, other
than by cutting into the pencil’s
plastic body.
This makes them inexpensive to
manufacture, but not great for repairs. I think they expect people to
throw away the dead pencil and buy
a new one. The problem is that I’ve
used this pencil for a while now and
having just ‘broken in’ a new tip, it
is perfect for the work I do. To bin
it without at least trying to repair it
you want.
would be, well, frankly against my
serviceman’s code!
So electrical checks would have
to be made via the GX connector. I
For full details on how to enter, drawing & rules head to: jaycar.com.au/dmax-jaycar
Items Covered This Month
searched for circuit diagrams online
for my model. Once located, my mul• It’s always the other thing
timeter confirmed there was no resist• Coin counter repair
ance or continuity through the element
from any of the pins, let alone the
• Alternative security systems
designated ones, which told me all I
• LED rose garden repair
needed to know. It was dead!
• Electric fence energiser repair
get
that thing
win
that thing
SPEND $50 OR MORE FOR A CHANCE TO WIN AN ISUZU D-MAX
*Dave Thompson runs PC Anytime
in Christchurch, NZ.
Website: www.pcanytime.co.nz
Email: dave<at>pcanytime.co.nz
siliconchip.com.au
Borrowing a spare
Fortunately, I have a spare pencil.
But when I say spare pencil, I mean
spare soldering station. While it is very
much like my usual one, I originally
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 61
*
purchased it as a desoldering station.
My faulty unit has a temperatureadjustable soldering iron on one side
and a hot air wand on the other. In
contrast, the ‘spare’ station has the
same soldering iron setup, with a
temperature-adjustable desoldering
gun and suction pump arrangement
on the other.
The desoldering ‘gun’ on this station looked great on paper, but doesn’t
work well in practice. The ‘real’ version this unit was copied from might
work very well, but this one doesn’t,
at least for me.
It has one of those pistol-grip style
handles, with a hollow, heated tip.
Pressing the ‘trigger’ on the handle
activates the suction pump, so I can
theoretically hoover up the molten
solder. Sadly, it is useless; it wouldn’t
suck the froth off a lager.
Also, the element won’t ‘take’ solder, similar to the metal on some cells;
the solder simply doesn’t stick to it.
I’ve tried ‘seasoning’ it with various
solder pastes to no avail. So trying to
heat a solder joint is a lesson in frustration.
The bottom line is that I’ve never
gotten it to work, which is why it sits in
the corner of the workshop. I expected
it to work as well as the other station,
but it just doesn’t. I’ve long accepted
this and have moved on.
On the plus side, the integrated
soldering iron has almost never been
used. I simply unscrewed/unplugged
that pencil and installed it on my other
station, which immediately resolved
my cold-tip issue.
However satisfying this quick-fix
may have been, I still had a dead pencil, and by extension an incomplete
soldering station (useful or not). And
as a serviceman, that bothered me.
A quick search on AliExpress revealed that a replacement element
was available for just a few dollars.
Or, I could get a whole new pencil and
cable/connector for only a few bucks
more than that. Even better (for a tool
junkie), a new pencil plus two spare
elements could be had for around the
same money! You already know which
option I went for. Of course I am going
to try to fix the broken one.
Now I know what you are thinking;
did I fire six shots or only five? Oh no,
sorry, wrong script. You are thinking
that if the pencil is moulded and cannot be disassembled, how will I replace the element?
62
Silicon Chip
Well, I’m glad you asked as it’s a
good question! Anything can be disassembled with the right tools and the
right attitude. A hammer tap here, or a
Stanley-knife blade applied there, or
even a junior hacksaw placed just so
can achieve amazing results.
These apparently-sealed devices
can be opened, repaired and glued
almost seamlessly back together without anyone (but us!) knowing about it.
I used to watch Dad opening moulded-plastic power supplies using a
carefully calibrated hammer tap, and
when the thing was repaired, he simply glued it back together.
That was in the days when such
power supplies cost a small fortune
and were worth repairing. That obviously isn’t the case today; I literally
have cartons full of these supplies
that will likely never be used, but the
philosophy of the repair still stands,
and I thank my Dad for passing that
on to me.
I wouldn’t usually do this for a paying customer, but to repair my own
tools or appliances, I’ll give anything
a go. If I ruin the pencil, I’m out a few
bucks, but it’s the serviceman’s creed
and the principles of repair that compels me to at least try. I’ll let you know
how it goes!
Some more light work
To be realistic; many repairs are simply not worth the cost. Recently, I had
an LED ceiling light stop working. It
had only been installed (by me) a few
years ago and hadn’t had a lot of use.
Maybe a few minutes a week of ‘on’
time, if that.
These lights are commonly called
“UFO” lights because they look like
a flying saucer. But they are different
than downlights which require cutting large circular holes in the ceiling.
These ones come with a fitting that
simply replaces the existing battenmounted socket we are all familiar
Australia’s electronics magazine
with, and the new UFO light slots into
place, hiding the socket.
That makes retrofitting ceiling lights
a breeze. We did our entire house with
these, and it was an effortless job to
convert all our incandescent lights to
LED versions, without a bunch of tools,
mess and headaches.
And they’ve been great; the light is
better, brighter and more economical
than our original lamps and fitting
them was super-easy. I’d installed a
dozen others in the house, and they’ve
all done a whole lot more work.
Why this one died is likely down to
the fact that 10% of these lights will
fail in the first few years, and that’s
an acceptable failure rate for modern manufacturers. Retailers simply
replace the unit and chuck the dead
one in a skip.
Now, if you are afflicted with the
Serviceman’s Curse, you know you
can’t just throw something out without at least pulling it apart and looking at it. So I had to take it down and
open it up. At the same time, I ordered
another one, because even though it is
seldom used, we need a light in that
spot and at only $11, replacing it is
the obvious solution.
It also means that I could work on
it at my leisure without hearing “get
that bloody light working!”
The housing popped open without
much hassle. Inside is a 200mm diameter PCB with a bunch of surfacemounted LEDs soldered to it. Another small PCB is mounted in a central
cutout, containing the LED driver. A
sniff with my serviceman’s nose told
me something had electrically given
up the ghost.
The usual suspects
My first step was to remove and
check the two electrolytic caps that
dominate the driver board. I fired up
my soldering station and went to try to
desolder those two caps, but the pencil was stone cold. I think you already
know how that went!
After resolving that, I removed the
caps and checked them with my trusty
Peak Electronics ESR meter. One measured 15W, which is on the high side.
The other one was also high, but not as
out-of-spec as the first one. I replaced
both and reassembled the board into
the light.
I powered it up with my non-Variacbranded Variac, and the LEDs sprang
into life. Success! It is now reinstalled
siliconchip.com.au
and happily illuminating our spare
room. So it was well worth having a
go, and when the replacement I ordered finally arrives, I’ll have a spare.
I must be cursed
It’s never fun when the tools we
rely on to do our job don’t work. Last
week I fired up my computer to write
this article, and my machine wouldn’t
boot. The old saying is that a plumber’s
pipes are always clogged, and while
I’m not sure what that means, I’m pretty sure it applies to me!
My main computer is a monster
that I built 11 years ago, so I’ve been
reluctant to upgrade it. That’s because
it was still going very well, played all
the high-performance games I ever
wanted to play, and it has always been
there for me.
For it to fail to boot up one morning was quite devastating. While I’ve
always tried to make these servicing
stories non-computer-centric (as it is
a dull trade), some readers might find
it interesting.
If a machine doesn’t boot, I usually
start by removing everything but the
absolute basics to get the motherboard
up and running. In this case, that still
resulted in no boot. I then started removing and replacing RAM, and suddenly, I had a POST (power-on selftest) screen.
I replaced the single stick I’d left installed one-by-one with the three others, and with the third, the machine
didn’t boot. Leaving that out, but with
the other three sticks installed, the machine booted happily. After 11 years,
one stick of RAM had failed, and that
broke everything. You just cannot take
things for granted in servicing.
printer had broken. The bureaucracy
she works for had said this 12V device was “too dangerous to use” in this
state! That sounds to me that this is a
statement from someone with more
ego than knowledge.
In any case, the solution was simple. It took me an hour or two to design a new cover in OpenSCAD. I
was then able to 3D print the cover,
and the deadly 12V inside was safely
locked away.
The next coin counter fault was
a problem common to many cheap
devices: the front panel membrane
switch developed a fault, so the PRINT
button no longer worked. Pulling it
apart was easy enough, with just three
countersunk self-tapping screws holding the upper case in place.
I did have to cut one wire tie; this
prevented the rotating coin counter
mechanism inside catching on the
multi-core wire connecting the front
panel.
If I had designed it, I would have
used a reusable clip/U-channel to position the wire safely. But this worked,
even if it did make disassembly (and
reassembly) a bit more of a hassle.
Next, I unscrewed the front panel
PCB, unplugged the front panel membrane switch connector and very carefully removed the complete front panel
membrane switch assembly.
Then, using a thin blade (the knife
from a Swiss Army Card works really
well), I separated the two halves of
the membrane near the PRINT button.
Unsurprisingly, one of the conductive tracks was open circuit. To determine if this was the only fault, I ran
some leads to the correct pins on the
PCB and found that the coin counter beeped when I shorted these two
wires together, simulating a press of
the PRINT button.
Well, I had found the fault, but now
I had to figure out how to fix it. The
likelihood of getting a replacement
front panel was low-to-zero. This was
a major problem for the canteen, as the
coin counter is used every (work) day
and having to count coins manually
meant a lot of extra work.
Then I had a thought: as only one
button was faulty, why couldn’t I just
add another switch? Initially, I was
just going to drill an extra hole somewhere and use a standard 6mm pushbutton switch; that would work but
look a bit ugly.
But then I remembered I had some
tiny switches that measured 3mm x
6mm and were only 1mm high. I purchased these as spares for repairing
car remote controls.
After a bit of measuring, it looked
like I could shoehorn one of these
switches to fit into a hole cut in the
plastic case underneath the existing
PRINT button, so that’s what I did.
For speed and simplicity, I drilled
two 3mm holes next to each other and
Coin Counter repair
G. C., of Salamander Bay, NSW has
found (like many others) that it can be
easier to replace a cheap failed part
with a higher quality alternative than
it is to fix the original part. In this case,
it was one of those horrible membrane
buttons. His solution means that it’s
unlikely to fail again…
My daughter runs a canteen for a
large organisation and even with email
ordering, it’s still necessary to count
all the cash each day. They use an unbranded coin counter that’s simply labelled “Coin Counter”.
I have fixed it previously; it was a
totally unnecessary repair, in my opinion. The small cover for the docket
siliconchip.com.au
The coin counter and small docket printer.
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 63
filed until the switch fitted inside, then
used double-sided tape to re-glue the
membrane switch to the case. I pressed
the tiny switch into its new home and
tweaked its vertical position. When
the switch activated reliably when
the PRINT button area was pressed, I
added a couple of drops of super glue
to make it permanent.
I then soldered thin (wire-wrap)
wires to it, then soldered the other
ends to the PCB tracks. Happily, the
coin counter is back in service and
working perfectly and, even better, it’s
externally unmodified – the only difference is that now you can feel a click
when the PRINT button is pressed. I
would go so far as to say that after this
repair, it’s better than new!
Alternative security systems
R. M. of Scotsdale, WA, found out
that there are really cheap security
systems, and really expensive security systems, and neither is all that
appealing. Luckily, he found a middle ground...
Our community shed needed better
security as several of the keys had disappeared over the years. As the only
member with any electronic knowhow, I was volunteered to search out
a suitable replacement.
I went to the biggest security shop
in the local town and made enquiries.
They suggested an RFID system priced
at around $3500. As the shed is a small
non-profit organisation, I knew that we
couldn’t afford that. After some discussion, the committee authorised a
budget of $200 and let me loose.
64
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
I tried sourcing a cheap (~$50) RFID
unit from overseas via eBay, but shortly after I hooked it up and got it working, it failed. So I had to send it back
and get a refund.
During wanderings through Google, I had come across a more elaborate (and more expensive) four-door
controller from Jaycar. After the “fleabay” controller failed, Jaycar (bless
’em) put it on special and dropped
the price by a good $50. The committee agreed, and we were soon in possession of a nice sturdy box of tricks
that actually worked. That left the actual door strike.
Electro-mechanical striker latches require the door to be sturdy and
close-fitting. But our big metal shed
ain’t all that flash. The door (square
steel frame, steel sheet) swings on one
of the portal trusses. And when the
wind blows or the sun shines, there
is a perceptible movement of a few
millimetres between door and frame
– enough to make the standard latch
system unreliable.
However, at the back of my farm
there’s an old ute with two solid door
locks. I nabbed one which is now doing
excellent service on our shed. With a
12V actuator to pull the release lever,
it has enough slop to handle the geometry changes, and plenty of strength to
hold the door shut.
For our little installation, the supplied software is overkill. It’s designed
to control many doors of many departments and keep records of all the workers’ movements. It is mind-boggling in
complexity, and the instruction man-
siliconchip.com.au
ual is a masterpiece of confusion and
poor translation.
For example, on the circuit layout,
it shows two pins labelled “J9: Joint of
closing door by force”. I contacted Jaycar to ask what this meant, and eventually, the answer filtered back: it is a
disable input. Close the circuit (joint
of), and all doors would stay locked
(closing door by force). It makes me
wonder if they created the manual using machine translation!
I spent many hours decoding the
manual and experimenting with the
software. The process of registering
each user is vital, and there are two
ways one can do it. One is a bulk entry
method, and the other, more detailed,
allows individual entry. I chose this
way as we wanted to enter our members’ details one at a time, but I could
not get it to work.
I thought it must be my fault, so I
summoned the local PC expert. He
went straight to the “bulk entry” system, and it worked! Don’t bother with
that other way, he said, it’s no good.
So, finally, we have a working secure entry setup. The total cost was
around $370 with the backup battery
and trickle charger.
Now if a member leaves, or doesn’t
cough up the yearly subscription, we
can simply click a button and forbid
entry. He’d have to resort to removing a sheet of corrugated iron with a
screwdriver to get in!
LED rose garden light repair
B. P., of Dundathu, Qld has some unusually ornate solar garden lights, so
siliconchip.com.au
when they started to fail, it was worthwhile taking the time to fix them...
Some time ago, my wife was given a white LED rose garden light. We
noticed on the packet that there were
also yellow and pink LED roses, so after finding out that a nearby discount
shop sold these, we got a yellow one
and a pink one too.
Later, my wife received another two
LED roses, pink and yellow. However,
this new yellow rose only had a single
flower, whereas the others had two or
three flowers each.
We noticed that in the mornings, it
was only the single yellow rose that
was still lit; the other four roses were
no longer lit due to having more LEDs
(and presumably exhausting the battery charge faster).
After a while, we noticed that both
the white rose and the original yellow rose no longer lit at night. I had
a look at the yellow rose to see what
the problem was.
After removing the four screws
from the bottom of the small box containing the solar panel and battery, I
could see that water had leaked into
the box, causing the positive battery
connection to become rusty. The wire
had also broken off it and the battery
terminal was rusty as well.
I re-sealed the wires coming from
the solar panel properly with hot melt
glue, then cleaned up the battery terminal. It was so badly rusted that I
decided to clean it and coat it with
solder while I was soldering the wire
back on. I also tested the battery and
found that it was still OK.
Australia’s electronics magazine
With the battery refitted, the rose
still didn’t work. I measured the voltage on the battery terminals with the
solar panel lit and got a reading of
2.18V, so the solar panel was charging the battery, but some other fault
was preventing the LED from turning
on at night.
I removed the circuit board and
checked the switch, which was still
functioning correctly. The circuit
board looked clean, with no corrosion.
I then realised that I had a spare
circuit board from one of our garden
lights that had been run over and
smashed by a courier, so I decided
to use that to get the LED rose working again. This board did not have a
switch, but I didn’t think that really
mattered.
I disconnected the original circuit
board and wired up the replacement
circuit board, which was quite easy,
as all the connection points on both
PCBs were marked S+, S-, B+ and B-.
The wires from the LEDs were too
short, so I just used some scrap wire
to extend them.
When I tested the rose, it still didn’t
work, but I noticed that the YX8018
IC was bent over, so I straightened it
and checked the bottom of the circuit
board. I found that the solder joints
were cracked, so I re-soldered them,
but the rest of the PCB was OK.
Now the rose worked, so I sealed up
the hole where the switch used to be
mounted with hot melt glue.
With the yellow rose now reassembled and working, I took a look at the
white one. I found that the same water
ingress problem had affected this light.
After re-sealing the wires from the solar panel, I found that I could use the
battery connector from the smashed
garden light to replace the rusted one
as it was the same size. Once cleaned
and reassembled, the white rose now
also worked again.
The next morning, I was outside
before dawn, and I was amazed to see
that the yellow rose that I had just repaired was still lit brightly. I put this
down to the more complex circuit in
the garden light PCB that I had transplanted, which is apparently more efficient than the simple circuit in the
original LED rose.
As can be seen in the photos, the
‘basic’ rose PCB consists of just one
YX8018 IC and an inductor, whereas
the better garden light PCB has both
of these plus a diode and capacitor.
March 2021 65
At left is one of the ‘basic’ LED rose PCBs which had started to rust, while to its right is a superior garden light PCB.
This makes quite a difference to the
efficiency of the circuit.
I have also repaired several other
garden lights. Two had bad solder
joints on the LEDs, and I also had to
replace the RGB sequencing LEDs in
several lights when they malfunctioned (the blue elements failed). I
found some seven colour LEDs on
eBay, which sequence red-green-bluewhite-green-pink-warm white-repeat,
as the three-colour RGB LEDs were
harder to find and more expensive.
I’ve also replaced the 150mA Liion cells in all our garden lights with
new “1000mAh” (probably actually
400mAh) cells, so they now last all
night, as long as they have sufficient
sun exposure during the day.
Even though these lights are not
expensive, it was still worth repairing them, as it saved some money and
saved them from landfill.
Electric fence energiser repair
K. G. of One Tree Hill, SA, has repaired quite a few electric fence energisers over the years, but this one
posed some unique challenges...
I’ve written about the repair of electric fence energisers before (July 2015;
siliconchip.com.au/Article/8707); every now and again, I get one from the
local fodder store owner to see if I can
fix it. These devices apply a short, high
voltage pulse to a bare galvanised iron
wire running along the fence, supported on insulators.
They are used to control the movement of stock. Most operate from the
mains, but some models are powered
from 12V DC, generally with a solar
panel to keep the battery charged. The
Earth side of the energiser output is
connected to three or more Earth stakes
spaced out by a few metres, as recommended by the manufacturer.
The pulses have a typical duration
of about 30µs and the region of 5-8kV.
The pulse repetition rate is about 1.3
seconds. The main difference between
units is the energy in each pulse (measured in Joules).
This Gallagher model MBX1500 was
made in New Zealand and is the largest I have come across yet. Its pulse
energy is 3J, and it is suitable for fence
runs as long as 94km! A touch on the
fence wire would be excruciating, but
not particularly dangerous.
Testing the unit on the bench
brought some low-level intermittent
clicking instead of the regular pronounced clicks every 1.3 seconds. This
model is capable of being run from
the mains as well as 12V DC; there is
Servicing Stories Wanted
Do you have any good servicing stories that you would like to share in The Serviceman column in SILICON CHIP? If so, why not send those stories in to us? It doesn’t
matter what the story is about as long as it’s in some way related to the electronics
or electrical industries, to computers or even to car electronics.
We pay for all contributions published but please note that your material must
be original. Send your contribution by email to: editor<at>siliconchip.com.au
Please be sure to include your full name and address details.
66
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
a compartment in the rear to hold a
12V, 7Ah SLA battery in addition to
the mains cable and plug.
The two halves of the case come apart
after removing six deeply recessed selftapping screws. Fortunately, they are
normal Philips head types rather than
one of the many ‘security’ screws used
these days.
Inside was an offline switchmode
power supply (SMPS). This, or the
12V battery, fed into a DC-DC converter stepping the low voltage DC
up to several hundred volts to charge
the main capacitor. Then there was
the circuitry associated with the pulse
transformer. There was also a second
PCB containing four LCDs plus a 40pin PIC microcontroller.
In its working condition, the unit
displayed the output pulse voltage
and energy, plus two other parameters which didn’t seem to apply to this
unit. So it was quite a complex unit
with many SMD components down to
M2012 (0805) size.
When fault-finding electric fence
energisers, I first test the large pulse
capacitor(s). There are two in this
unit, one 30µF and the other 6µF, both
rated at 1200V. After ensuring they
were discharged, I measured their capacitance with my Peak Component
Analyser. The larger one was 13µF
and the other 3µF, both well down
on their original values.
This is quite common with these
components, but such a drop should
only reduce the energy of the pulses,
not stop the unit working altogether.
Despite this, I ordered some replacements from a local Adelaide firm and
carried on with my testing.
The other component to test early
siliconchip.com.au
is the main SCR which discharges the
capacitor into the primary of the pulse
transformer. This appeared to be OK
as the voltage across the larger pulse
capacitor was a couple of hundred
volts and fluctuating with the intermittent clicking.
I then measured the voltage out of
the offline SMPS which I found to be
only 4-10V with fluctuations, instead
of a steady 12-15V. I fed 12V DC from
my bench supply to the SMPS output
with the mains input disconnected.
The energiser started working normally, with believable values on the
LCD screens.
Looking at the SMPS more closely,
I noticed a large electrolytic capacitor
with a small bulge in the top. It was
the 100µF 40V filter capacitor on the
output of the mains bridge rectifier. I
removed the capacitor and tested it
on my Electronics Australia ESR Meter. The reading was about double the
typical value shown on the front panel
of the meter; not a show-stopper but it
needed to be replaced.
As I didn’t think this was the main
cause of the problem, I refitted the old
one to continue my search for the real
culprit while I ordered a new capacitor. It wasn’t available from the local
outlets as it was a low-profile device
30mm in diameter and only 20mm
high, so it took a few days to arrive
from Perth.
siliconchip.com.au
The primary active device in the
SMPS was a power Mosfet with an
integrated control circuit in a TO-220
package, riveted to a small heatsink.
It’s coded TOP227Y (TOPSwitch-II)
and is made by Power Integrations Inc.
This makes for a much-reduced component count as it contains the oscillator, PWM modulator, voltage reference
plus all the protection circuits and the
power switching Mosfet.
The circuit used in the energiser
turned out to be very similar to an
application circuit shown in the data
sheet (shown below). As the TOPSwitch device had so much of the
circuitry in it, I decided replacing it
would be a worthwhile punt. The only
stock I could find was from Digi-key. I
ordered two of the devices as the postage cost from the USA was more than
the device itself.
I can’t fault the delivery time; I
placed the order online on a Tuesday,
and it arrived at my local PO on the
following Monday.
Unfortunately, replacing the TOPSwitch device didn’t help my problem except to eliminate it as the
source of the fault. Referring to the
figure, I measured R3 and C5 on the
control input of the TOPSwitch. R3
was fine, but C5 was rather low in
capacitance, about 30µF rather than
47µF. I didn’t pay much attention to
that at the time.
Australia’s electronics magazine
One point of difference between the
MBX1500 circuit and that from the
data sheet is the use of a TL431 voltage
reference rather than the zener diode
shown. I replaced the TL431 and also
the optocoupler connected to it, but
neither changed the result. I also tested
the low-voltage DC rectifier (D2) and
filter capacitor (C2), the latter for both
capacitance and ESR. Both were OK.
I was by then wondering where to
turn next. I read the data sheet more
carefully and realised the part played
by the cap on the control input was
quite important. So I removed the
47µF capacitor and measured its ESR.
The typical value is 1-2W, but this one
was so high that it was above the maximum reading of the ESR meter, which
is 100W. In other words, it was virtually open-circuit.
I lost no time in replacing C5 with
a new one, which had a 1W ESR reading. The power supply came good immediately, and the energiser started
its regular clicking with 7.6kV pulse
voltage showing on the LCD.
The capacitor was a through-hole
type mounted between the PCB and
the heatsink. The elevated temperature of this position probably hastened
its demise. I put the three PCBs back
in the housing and screwed the cover
on, then left the unit to run overnight
as a soak test which it passed with no
SC
problem.
March 2021 67
Mini Isolated
Serial Link
This tiny module (about the size of a postage stamp) provides
bidirectional, isolated, full-duplex serial communication. That makes it
ideal for when two (or more) boards running from separate supplies need
to pass information to each other. It can also carry isolated logic signals.
Among its many other uses, it can be used to join two of the Battery
Balancers (described in this issue).
By Tim Blythman
T
he High-current Four Battery
Balancer project starting on
page 21 can handle more than
four batteries (or cells) by stacking
multiple units.
But for that to work, they need to
communicate with each other, even
though their ground potentials will
be quite different; possibly as much
as 60V DC apart.
To connect their onboard serial
links so they can work as a single unit,
a serial isolator is needed. This little
device uses optoisolators to provide
thousands of volts of effective isolation while allowing the serial data to
pass through unchanged.
Another important use for a device
like this is connecting a computer to a
device that you’re testing, to prevent
any possibility of damage should the
device malfunction and feed a high
voltage to its serial pins.
If you have a single Battery Balancer
and wish to monitor or control its operation on a computer, it would be a
good idea to use this isolator between
the two, for safety.
We already published the Zero
Risk Serial Link in January 2019
(siliconchip.com.au/Article/11360)
for this purpose, but that board includes a power supply for the isolated
68
Silicon Chip
device, which often isn’t necessary.
That makes the board much larger
and more complicated than necessary.
In cases where both communicating
devices have individual power supplies, this design is a better choice.
New design
By dispensing with the power circuitry and using six passive SMDs,
we’ve managed to squeeze the required circuitry into a PCB that measures just 26.5 x 23.5mm.
That’s small enough to be connected inline with your serial link and
encased in a short length of large di-
These same-size renders of the front
(left) and rear (right) of the Isolated
Serial Link PCB show just how tiny it
is. Whether you use vertical header
pins, as shown here, or horizontal,
as shown in our photos, is up to you.
Incidentally, the renders were taken
directly from the new Altium Designer
21, which we reviewed in January
(siliconchip.com.au/article/14705).
Australia’s electronics magazine
ameter heatshrink tubing. Despite this
small size, it isn’t hard to build.
Fig.1 is the complete circuit diagram. The operation is simple. On
the transmitting side, a current loop
is formed between the TX pin and
the selected supply rail (3.3V or 5V)
via one optoisolator LED (OPTO2 for
CON1 and OPTO1 for CON2). This
is via a 220Ω current-limiting series
resistor.
So when the TX pin is high, no current flows through the LED, and when
it is low, about 10mA (for a 3.3V supply) or 18mA flows. This pulls the RX
pin at the opposite end low by activating the Darlington transistor in the
other half of the optoisolator.
When no current is flowing through
the LED, the Darlington is off, so that
pin is held high by a 1kΩ pull-up resistor.
The configuration is identical for
data flowing from CON2’s TX pin to
CON1’s RX pin as it is in the other
direction. A 100nF bypass capacitor
stabilises the voltage across the Darlington on either side.
Pin headers CON1 and CON2 are
identical, and could be soldered directly to one of the communicating
boards (eg, a Battery Balancer) using
four of the six pins.
siliconchip.com.au
Alternatively, all six pins of CON1
can be soldered to a CP2102-based
USB-serial module, allowing the
combination to plug straight into a
computer.
Note that only four pins are connected in either case. For the CP2102
module, the 3.3V, RX, TX and GND
pins are used.
JP1 gives us the flexibility to choose
which pin is used for power. If JP1 is
set to the 5V position, power is taken
from the pin next to GND on CON1.
For a CP2102 module, this is the 5V
USB supply.
However, it corresponds to the 3.3V
supply pin on the Battery Balancer;
the Battery Balancer’s serial port operates at 3.3V, so that is where we want
to connect.
For CP2102 modules, you would
generally place the jumper in the
3.3V position, which connects to the
supply pin marked 3.3V on those
modules.
Indeed, regardless of whether the
GND on either side is at the same potential, the Mini Isolated Serial
Link can also be used to provide
translation between different signalling levels.
To keep the PCB small, we have
not added a slot in the PCB to increase
the creepage distances, as this would
require a larger PCB area to prevent
the PCB from breaking when flexed.
Thus, the Mini Isolated Serial Link
is not suitable for mains voltage isolation.
Communication details
Practically all TTL serial communications we have seen have the signals
idling at a high level.
Because we have arranged the optos
Fig.1: the circuit is practically the
minimum necessary for a pair of
6N138 optoisolators. The
220Ω
Ω resistors in series
with the opto LEDs
limit the LED current
while the 1kΩ
Ω
pull-up resistor
holds the output
high when the
opto is off. The
100nF bypass
capacitors are
the minimum
specified in the
6N138 data sheet.
SC
Ó
siliconchip.com.au
Features & specifications
• Provides optically isolated bidirectional serial communications
• Baud rates up to 57,600 (using 6N138) or 1,000,000 (using 6N137)
• Each device can have 3.3V or 5V signal levels (ie, it can act as a level
shifter)
• Supply current (3.3V): between 0mA (TX & RX high) and 13mA (TX &
RX low), average ~6mA
• Supply current (5V): between 0mA (TX & RX high) and 23mA (TX & RX
low), average ~10mA
• Offset voltage: up to 100V DC or 60V AC between GND on either side
to only switch on when the input voltage is low, and because the Darlington
outputs pull low when active, the signal is not inverted across the device.
If we had terminated the TX current
loops to GND instead of the supply
rail, it would instead act as an inverter.
You might have noticed that we’re
using a different optoisolator in this
project compared to the Zero Risk Serial Link.
This option is slightly more spaceefficient for similar speeds.
Dual versions of the PC817 devices
used for the Zero Risk Serial Link exist,
but they are now obsolete, so we had
to find an alternative.
The footprint used by the 6N138 is
also very similar to that used by the
6N137 optoisolator that we used previously in the Flexible Digital Lighting
Controller (October-December 2020;
siliconchip.com.au/Series/351).
The 6N137 is a very fast device (up
to 10Mbaud), but requires a 5V supply to meet specifications.
In other words, if both sides of your
Mini Isolated Serial Link will operate
at 5V, you could replace OPTO1 and
OPTO2 with 6N137s and work at a
much higher speed, up to 1Mbaud
or possibly even more.
But because we wanted this design
to have the flexibility to work with devices using 3.3V signalling levels, as
it is very common (and a requirement
for use with the Battery Balancer), we
are using 6N138 parts instead.
The 220Ω resistor value is chosen
to work with both the 6N137 (at 5V)
and the 6N138 between 3.3V and 5V.
The 6N138 has much lower current requirements than the 6N137,
so you could increase those values
up to around 1kΩ if your transmitter
has limited current capacity, or you
l
l
MINI ISOLATED SERIAL LINK
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 69
Fig.2: as suggested by
the circuit diagram’s
symmetry, the
component layout
and PCB traces are
also symmetrical if
rotated 180° about the
centre. Ensure that each
opto’s pin 1 faces towards the edge of the PCB. To keep the PCB small, we
have put the pin markings on its back. Both the overlay and photo are full size.
want to reduce the supply current
somewhat.
Similarly, the 1kΩ pull-up resistors
could be increased in value if the current consumption on the output side
is a problem. This will limit the maximum baud rate, though, as the circuit
depends on this resistor to pull the
output high promptly.
Our testing shows that this device
will work reliably up to 9600 baud
with 3.3kΩ LED series resistors (instead of 220Ω) and 10kΩ pull-up resistors replacing the 1kΩ types.
The 3.3kΩ value is the largest possible due to the nominal 0.5mA threshold current needed by the opto LEDs
for correct operation; the 10kΩ value
could go higher, but at risk of worse
interference rejection.
Maximum baud rate
and could simply be used to pass any
low-speed logic signals between two
systems, such as an error flag, reset
signal or on/off signal.
Option
The few options for this project
revolve around the connections to
CON1 (and identical CON2) and the
corresponding configuration of JP1
and JP2.
For connecting to a CP2102 module,
use a 6-way header (pins or socket)
to suit the module. In this case, the
associated jumper is set in the 3.3V
position.
While we have shown a pin header and jumper shunt, you could use a
short wire link to bridge two pads if
you will not change this configuration.
For our testing, we fitted the unit
with a 6-way female header socket
to allow a CP2102 module with a pin
header attached to plug in, as that
is how a CP2102 module typically
comes.
But you could reverse that, or just
solder the two together using a single
pin header.
For connection to 4-way header
on the Battery Balancer, it’s a case
of bridging the 5V pad on JP1 or JP2.
This means that the four central pads
on that side of the Mini Isolated Serial
Link (in the order 5V, GND, TX, RX)
are available for connection.
These four pins would also be the
preferred way of using the Mini Isolated Serial Link with jumper wires
or similar, if for no other reason but
neatness. You could use a 4-way socket header plugged into a 4-way pin
header on the Battery Balancer or even
solder it directly to the PCB.
We’ve built a few variants to show
in the photos, so you can see how
some of these options work. Since it
is a small and simple project, you can
make these selections once the other
parts have been fitted.
Construction
The Mini Isolated Serial Link is
built on a 27 x 24mm double-sided
PCB coded 24102211. Refer to the PCB
overlay diagram, Fig.2, to see where
the parts go.
If you are using SMD (gullwing)
optoisolators, fit these first; otherwise, leave the through-hole variants
until last.
Like any project using surfacemounted parts, solder flux, tweezers,
magnifiers and a fine-tipped iron are
handy to have, while solder braid
(wick) will help with solder bridges.
But this project is simple enough that
you might get away without them, as
long as your eyesight is good!
To fit the SMD optoisolators, align
the parts with their pads, noting that
pin 1 of each part is at the edge of the
PCB; the two parts are rotated 180°
relative to each other.
Tack one lead to its pad and check
that it is correct, especially that you
can access the pads on both sides of
the optoisolator and that all pins are
flat against their pads. If not, melt the
solder with the iron and tweak the part
until it is aligned and symmetrical.
Solder the remaining pins. You can
flip the board over and apply more
solder through the holes in the pads
The 6N138 datasheet indicates rise
and fall propagation delays of around
10µs and 1.6µs under typical conditions, setting a hard limit of about
100,000 baud as the bits will start to
run into each other.
A graph also indicates that the rise
delay increases with temperature,
which will further skew and distort
the data.
We did some tests with a CP2102
module plugged into each side of the
Mini Isolated Serial Link to see what
sort of speeds we could achieve with
the specified components.
This testing occurred at room temperature, so we would expect the results could be worse at higher temperatures.
Testing at 115,200 baud led to data
being corrupted about once every 20
bytes. This is not surprising given that
propagation delays noted above.
At 57,600 baud we didn’t see any
This oversize
photo show how you
errors at all, nor at 38,400 baud.
could connect two computers over
Note that the Mini Isolated Serial
Link can also be used in situations a serial link while providing opto-isolation. Two CP2102s are connected to the
where it does not carry serial data. It Mini Isolated Serial Link using female header strips at CON1 and CON2. The
jumpers JP1 and JP2 are set to the 3.3V position using blobs of solder.
will work at any speed down to DC,
70
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Build the world’s most
popular D-I-Y computer!
ALL-NEW COLOUR
2
Again reproduced oversize
for clarity, this shows the
Mini Isolated Serial Link
with a CP2102 on one side
(with blue jumper shunt
setting this side to 3.3V) and a four-way header
on the other side. The second side has a red jumper
shunt fitted to source power from the topmost pin on the four-way header.
if you want to be sure they are connected properly.
Fit the resistors and capacitors similarly. Check each part against the photos and overlay.
Secure each part in the correct place
with one pin before soldering the remaining pin. Our photos show large
but shiny balls of solder. In this case,
as long as there are no bridges, more
solder is better than not enough.
If you are using through-hole optoisolators, fit them now. Gently bend
the leads to allow them to slide into
the holes.
You may be able to feed the leads
into one side, then use the PCB to bend
the leads so that the other side can be
rotated into place, allowing the leads
to spring back and hold the part in
Parts list –
Isolated Serial Link
1 double-sided PCB coded 24102211,
26.5 x 23.5mm
2 6N138 optoisolators (DIP or gullwing
SMD; see text for alternatives)
2 1kW SMD resistors,
M3216/1206 imperial size
(see text for alternatives)
2 220W SMD resistors,
M3216/1206 imperial size
(see text for alternatives)
2 100nF 50V X7R SMD ceramic
capacitors, M3216/1206 imperial
size
2 6-pin headers (CON1,CON2)
(see text for other options)
2 3-pin headers with jumper shunts
(JP1,JP2)
(see text for other options)
Jumper wires etc to suit your
application
siliconchip.com.au
Plastic
Case
Optional
See
SILICON CHIP
July & August
2020
place (or use flat pliers or an IC lead
straightening tool before insertion).
Check that the pin 1 markers are towards the edge of the PCB then solder
one pin. Check that the parts are flat,
then solder the remaining pins.
If you are using pin headers and
jumpers, fit these next. If setting the
supply options (JP1, JP2) permanently, use short lengths of tinned copper
wire (or component lead off-cuts you
might have from another build) and
trim the excess after soldering them
in place. Finally, fit the headers you
need and/or solder the board to another device like a CP2102 module or
Battery Balancer as needed.
480MHz,
32-bit processor;
9MB of RAM;
2MB flash memory;
800 x 600 pixel
colour display
Don’t miss your opportunity to
experience Australia’s own worldclass, world-famous single board
computer that you build and
program yourself, using the world’s
easiest programming language –
MMBASIC. Learn as you build!
Testing and usage
The Mini Isolated Serial Link is simple enough that it should just work
as long as you exercised care during
construction. If you must test it first,
use the arrangement shown with two
CP2102 modules and open two serial
terminal programs on your computer.
We find that TeraTerm is a simple but
versatile terminal program (and it’s
free to boot).
There will be more information for
use with the Battery Balancer next
month on how to connect two Balancers using the Mini Isolated Serial Link.
Essentially, once they are connected,
they should automatically detect each
other and begin communicating so
that they act as a single five-to-eightbattery (or cell) balancing unit.
Our photos show various other
ways of connecting the Mini Isolated
Serial Link.
Because of the inherent symmetry,
you can treat each side of the PCB independently to mix and match what
you are connecting to it.
SC
Australia’s electronics magazine
And it’s so easy to build
because all the hard work is done for you:
the heart of the Colour Maximite II, the
Waveshare CPU Module (arrowed) is
completely pre-assembled and soldered.
YOU SIMPLY CAN’T GO WRONG!
Short Form Kit includes:
Waveshare CPU module pre-loaded with MMBasic
the PCB – with solder mask and screen overlay
front & rear panels to suit plastic case shown above
and all other components required to build the
Does not include plastic instrument case,
Colour Maximite 2 CR12xx
cell or USB power supply/cable
14000
$
All this
for only
Plus $10.00 p&p in Aust
SILICON CHIP SUBSCRIBERS:
$AVE
10%!
Subscriber’s price just $126 plus p&p
Order now (or more information) at
www.siliconchip.com.au/shop/20/5508
March 2021 71
All About
Capacitors
Capacitors are probably the most misunderstood of the passive components, due
to the many different types available, their many parameters and greatly varying
performance. This article should give you an understanding of the most common
types, how they differ, and how to choose the right ones for your design.
By Nicholas Vinen
C
apacitors come in all shapes and
sizes. Some are much smaller than
a grain of rice, while others are huge
and used in banks to launch aircraft
weighing many tonnes into the air!
Because there are so many different types, it can be very confusing trying to choose one. Even if you know
what capacitance and voltage rating
you need, there could be hundreds
or even thousands of matching parts.
Some of those might not work at all in
your circuit, while others might work
but not very well, and some will be
very expensive. You need to narrow
the choice down to just a handful and
then pick one.
We have tried to break the following
descriptions into digestible sections,
despite their complexity. If you find
yourself overwhelmed, give yourself
time to digest what you have read so
far, then read the rest later.
Capacitor dielectrics
Fundamentally, a capacitor is just
two conductors (originally flat plates)
separated by an insulator (the “dielectric”). But because the area of the plates
required for any significant capaci72
Silicon Chip
tance is quite large, modern capacitors
are typically arranged as many layers
of smaller conductors and insulators
connected in parallel, allowing for a
more compact package.
In some cases, the ‘plates’ are not
even flat but instead are spiral coils,
or 3D structures such as the etched
surface of a metal foil or granular materials.
Etched or granular materials have a
much higher capacitance per volume,
as capacitance is proportional to surface area and inversely proportional to
the distance between the plates.
This creates a tradeoff; thinner dielectrics give more capacitance, but
have a lower breakdown voltage, so
the maximum voltage applied to the
capacitor must be kept lower. This is
the main reason that a capacitor with
a higher voltage rating, but the same
capacitance, tends to be physically
larger; its dielectric layer(s) need to
be thicker.
The type of insulating (dielectric)
material used has a strong effect on
capacitor behaviour, and for this reason, capacitors are mostly categorised
by the dielectric type. Different dielecAustralia’s electronics magazine
tric types have their own trade-offs in
terms of capacitance, voltage ratings,
linearity, current handling and more.
Some widely used dielectric materials for capacitors are:
• Ceramics (typically metal oxides)
• Metal oxide layers (in electrolytic
capacitors)
• Plastic films
• Mica
• Paper
• A Helmholtz plane of solvent
molecules (as in ‘double layer’
super/ultracapacitors)
The most common types of capacitors in use today are ceramic and
electrolytic, followed by plastic film
types. These three types of capacitors
have important sub-categories which
strongly affect their behaviour.
One property of all dielectric materials is the dielectric constant (“K”).
The larger this number, the higher the
capacitance for a similarly constructed device. K can vary with temperature, voltage, age and other properties.
While high K values make for greater
capacitances in a small volume, there
are significant penalties in other areas,
as we describe below.
siliconchip.com.au
Ceramic capacitors
Fig.1: the range of
capacitances and voltages
available in 3.2 x 2.5mm
SMD ceramic capacitors
today. Both larger and
smaller sizes are available,
extending the range of
values down to 0.1pF (1.6
x 0.8mm) and up to 470µF
(4.5 x 3.2mm). Note how
some types of ceramic
dielectric are available to
higher working voltages,
and others to a higher
maximum capacitance.
(original source:
Wikipedia)
If you look at the PCB of just about
any modern electronic device, you will
find it covered in ceramic capacitors.
They are cheap, reliable, perform very
well and are available in a wide range
of capacitances and voltage ratings.
Because modern ceramic capacitors are fabricated in bulk, they can
have anywhere from one to many
thousands of layers. This gives them
a wide capacitance range, from fractions of a picofarad up to hundreds
of microfarads, in a small package –
see Figs.1-3.
Ceramic capacitors are typically robust and long-lasting, and are not polarised (they can handle negative or
positive voltages).
Ceramic capacitors are available
with voltage ratings from just a few
volts up to several kilovolts. Ceramic
capacitors with voltage ratings above
500V tend to use different types of ceramic to those below 500V, and have
slightly different properties.
The most common ceramics used
are based on titanium dioxide (TiO2)
or barium titanate (BaTiO3) with additives to tweak their properties.
As there are so many different possible combinations, they are arranged
in various categories based on their
performance. The categories are based
on the initial tolerance of the capacitor
(ie, the variation of real samples from
the rated value), how the capacitance
changes with temperature (the temperature coefficient) and how it changes
with applied voltage (the voltage coefficient).
The most common type codes are
NP0 or C0G (different names for the
same category), JB, SL0, X5R, X5S,
X6S, X7R, X7S, X8L, Y5V and Z5U.
To take three examples, NP0/C0G
types have very close tolerances and
no or minimal capacitance variation
with temperature or voltage. They
also have a low dielectric constant,
so they are relatively large for a given capacitance value and voltage rating. As a result, they are also quite
expensive.
Fig.2: the structure of typical
SMD and through-hole ceramic
capacitors. SMD ’chip’ ceramics
are made of many layers; throughhole disc capacitors may have a
single layer construction, as shown
here, or increasingly these days, a
similar internal structure to a multilayer SMD capacitor. Multi-layer
through-hole capacitors are usually
encapsulated in epoxy, while
the single-layer disc types can be
encapsulated in ceramic. (original
source: Johanson Dielectrics)
Fig.3: the manufacturing process for multi-layer SMD ceramic
capacitors. To keep the cost low, they are made in large sheets and
after lamination is complete, the sheets are sliced up into individual
capacitors. Those are then fired (similarly to ceramic pottery) and
the end terminals are added, which provide a way to solder to the
capacitor while also electrically joining every second layer.
(original source: Johanson Dielectrics)
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 73
A set of ceramic capacitors ranging
from 47pF to 2.2µF.
Table 1: Class 2 capacitor codes
First letter
Middle number
Last letter
lower temperature
upper temperature
change in capacitance over given temperature range
X = -55°C
4 = +65°C
P = ±10%
Y = -30°C
5 = +85°C
R = ±15%
Z = +10°C
6 = +105°C
L = ±15%, +15 / -40% above 125°C
7 = +125°C
S = ±22%
8 = +150°C
T = +22 / -33%
9 = +200°C
U = +22 / -56%
V = +22 / -82%
Fig.4: a cross-section of one layer of
a standard aluminium electrolytic
capacitor. The anode and cathode are
both made from etched aluminium
foil, for a large surface area. A thin
layer of aluminium oxide is formed
on the anode, which acts as the
dielectric layer. The conductive
electrolyte allows electrons to flow
between the cathode right up against
that oxide layer, so only the oxide
layer separates the two halves of the
capacitor, maximising capacitance
per area. (original source: Wikipedia)
Fig.5: like ceramic capacitors,
electrolytics are made up of many
layers to give higher capacitance, but
they are typically wound in a coil
rather than made from flat layers
(with some exceptions). Once the
leads are attached, the coil is inserted
into a can with a rubber bung almost
sealing it. We say almost because a
small amount of airflow is needed to
prevent the electrolyte from drying
out. (original source: Wikipedia)
74
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
On the other hand, Y5V ceramics are
very compact for a given capacitance
value and voltage rating, but they have
a very poor initial tolerance, and their
capacitance is reduced dramatically at
elevated temperatures and higher applied voltages. The benefit is that they
are quite cheap to produce.
Dielectrics like X5R and X7R are
in between those two; they are larger than Y5V types for a given capacitance and voltage, but smaller than
NP0/C0G. Similarly, their tolerances
are intermediate, as are their production costs. Therefore, these capacitors
are very popular as a reasonable ‘middle ground’.
Note that NP0/C0G ceramics are
almost ideal capacitors. They have
very stable capacitance values over
temperature and voltage, low ESL
(equivalent series inductance) and
ESR (equivalent series resistance), a
low dissipation factor and excellent
linearity. Their only real disadvantages are a low maximum capacitance
value (due to their relatively high volume) and high cost.
We’ll describe the meanings of those
performance parameters in some detail later in this article.
If the two/three-letter schemes given
above look like gobbledygook to you,
that might be because there are multiple different naming/categorisation
schemes.
The most common schemes are from
the EIA, which consist of a letter, a
number and a letter. But they don’t
always mean the same things.
For the most common type of
ceramic capacitors (Class 2), the first
letter and following number refer to
the minimum and maximum temperature range, while the third letter gives
the tolerance of the capacitance over
this range – see Table 1.
Better-performing capacitors are
the ones with a smaller capacitance
change over a broader range, like
X7R.
Electrolytic capacitors
In an electrolytic capacitor, one
plate is a metal foil while the other
‘plate’ is a conductive liquid or gel solution, known as the electrolyte.
The metal foil is etched to increase
its surface area greatly, and the liquid or gel is in intimate contact with
this foil, separated only by a very
thin oxide layer. Therefore, electrolytic capacitors have very high casiliconchip.com.au
pacitance values for their volume
(see Figs.4 & 5).
For this reason, “electros” are typically used for ‘bulk’ bypassing or
filtering applications. Their asymmetry, and the fact that the oxide
layer is formed by electrons flowing
from one ‘plate’ to the other, means
that they are generally polarised. So
one of their leads must always be
at a higher voltage than the other
(although there are ways around this
– described later).
Electrolytic capacitors typically range from a bit under 1µF up to
100,000µF or more, with voltage ratings from a few volts to several hundred volts.
Traditionally, the metal foil used
was aluminium. However, other metals can be used, giving certain performance advantages. For example, tantalum, while more expensive, generally results in a capacitor which can
handle more current and with a lower
ESR (see Figs.6 & 7).
Further refinements to the electrolytic capacitor came with the discovery that an organic polymer gel could
be used as the electrolyte, giving a
roughly ten-fold decrease in overall
ESR (Figs.8 & 9).
As such, organic polymer (‘solid’)
aluminium electrolytic capacitors
outperform standard tantalum capacitors, and solid tantalum capacitors perform even better again, approaching that of some ceramics but
with a better capacitance-to-volume
ratio (see Fig.10).
Other, more exotic types of electros
are hybrid polymer electros (which
combine liquid and polymer electrolytics) and niobium polymer electros;
niobium is cheaper than tantalum but
performs similarly.
Tantalum and solid electrolytics
tend to occupy the space between
traditional electros, which are still
A set of electrolytic capacitors ranging
from 10µF to 68mF (68,000µF). Note
how the can-type electros have a
stripe to indicate the negative lead,
while the rectangular SMD types have
a stripe showing the positive lead.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.6: while tantalum electrolytics work on the same
principle as aluminium types, the construction
method is necessarily quite different due to the
properties of tantalum. Tantalum particles are
sintered to form a porous slug, which is then
immersed in a manganese dioxide electrolyte.
Graphite and silver in contact with the electrolyte
form the cathode connection, while tantalum wire
acts as the anode. (original source: Wikipedia)
Fig.7: this gives you
an idea of how the
tantalum particles are
sintered and attached
to a tantalum wire
lead to form the body
of the capacitor.
(original source:
Wikipedia)
Fig.8: polymer or ‘solid’ aluminium
electrolytic capacitors use an organic
polymer (plastic-like) electrolyte
which has roughly ten times the
conductivity of a wet electrolyte.
This allows for more compact
electrolytic capacitors with much
higher ripple current ratings and
lower ESR values. Other techniques
like comprehensive lead stitching
are often combined with the polymer
electrolyte to maximise performance.
(original source: Wikipedia)
Figs.9(a) & (b): an alternative construction for polymer electrolytic capacitors
which uses the same cathode construction as a sintered tantalum capacitor.
This halves the number of dielectric layers, significantly increasing capacitance
at the cost of a more complicated manufacturing process and more expensive
inputs. Polymer tantalum capacitors are made much the same as regular
tantalums, just with a different type of electrolyte. (original source: Wikipedia)
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 75
Fig.10: an impedance
vs frequency graph
comparing four different
types of electrolytic
capacitor and a multilayer ceramic capacitor
(MLCC) with the same
self-resonant frequency.
The tantalum-polymer
capacitor comes closest
to the MLCC in terms
of performance at the
resonant frequency, while
being superior at lower
frequencies, likely due
to a higher capacitance
value. (original source:
Wikipedia)
Fig.11: traditional
electrolytic capacitors are
wound with four layers:
two metal foils and two
paper separators which
are soaked in electrolyte.
Note the multiple tabs
which ensure that current
doesn’t have to flow too
far to reach any point
on the foils. Anode and
cathode tabs are lined up
together so they can be
welded to the appropriate
leads. (original source:
TDK)
Fig.12: for highperformance (eg, lowESR) capacitors, the lead
tabs are stitched into the
aluminium foils, with the
metal of the lead tab and
foil being joined at multiple
points throughout the foil
to provide a low-resistance,
low-inductance path for
current to flow.
Electrolytic construction
Fig.13: SMD electrolytic capacitors come in different forms, but the can style
uses very similar construction to a through-hole radial capacitor. The main
differences are that the can sits on a plastic platform with the leads bent
horizontally under it, so that the capacitor sits on the PCB and the leads rest on
their respective pads. (original source: Panasonic)
76
Silicon Chip
widely used for bulk filtering, and
ceramics, which are used more for
local or high-performance supply
bypassing.
For example, tantalum or polymer
electros might be used in switch-mode
power supply circuitry, where very
high pulse current handling and good
filtering (low ESR) is critical.
Non-polarised (NP) or bipolar (BP)
electrolytic capacitors are effectively
two polarised electrolytic capacitors
connected back-to-back. You can create an NP electro from two polarised
electros by joining either the negative
or positive leads together, although the
internal construction of an NP/BP may
be somewhat different in practice. But
the result is the same.
This works because when one of the
two capacitors is reverse-biased, it acts
a bit like a diode, and the other capacitor does all the work. When the voltage reverses, the capacitors swap roles.
Strangely, you can often get better
performance by connecting two polarised electros back-to-back, at a lower
cost than a dedicated NP capacitor!
This is probably due to economies of
scale; polarised electros are made by
the squillions while NP capacitors are
used in fairly specialised roles.
Another thing to note about electros
regarding polarity is that it is safe to
apply a reverse polarity voltage longterm as long as it is low (ie, below the
threshold where it starts to conduct).
This means that polarised electros are
quite suitable for use as AC-coupling
capacitors even if the polarity of the
voltage across them is not known, as
long as that voltage never exceeds
about ±1.5V DC.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Traditionally, electrolytic capacitors are ‘wound’. Two long strips of
aluminium foil are chemically etched
to increase their surface area, then a
strip of paper (or some other porous insulator) soaked in electrolyte is sandwiched between them.
Each conductive strip has one or
more tags, for ultimately attaching
leads, projecting from one side (see
Figs.11-13).
This sandwich is then wound into
a roll, with a second paper layer to
separate the anode and cathode. With
the leads in place, the roll assembly is
inserted into a can. More electrolyte
is added, and a rubber bung to seal it.
Current is passed through the casiliconchip.com.au
Fig.14: SMD polymer electrolytic capacitors are available in various packages
including cans like regular electros. The main difference is the use of a
separator sheet impregnated with a conductive polymer instead of paper soaked
in an electrolyte solution. (original source: Panasonic)
pacitor to form the required insulating
layer, up to a voltage somewhat above
the desired rating (which determines
the oxide layer thickness).
The process is slightly different
for tantalum and polymer capacitors;
SMD tantalum and polymer capacitors
in rectangular prism packages may be
made in layers rather than wound. But
the result is much the same: a metal
conductor with a large surface area
separated from a conductive electrolyte only by a very thin oxide layer
(see Figs.14-16).
If the leads were only connected
to the conductive foils at one point
each, the ESR and ESL of the capacitor
would be poor, as current must flow
along a spiral path to reach the inner
and outer layers of the capacitor.
For this reason, all but the most basic electros usually have extra conductive paths giving current a ‘short
cut’ to move between the layers of the
capacitor.
Higher performance electros also
have the tabs ‘stitched’ into the foil at
multiple points to reduce resistance
and improve conductivity between
them, in addition to having numerous
tabs spread throughout the roll, that all
join to one of the two leads.
Plastic film capacitors
Fig.15: SMD tantalum electros are made similarly to through-hole types, but the
sintered tantalum grains are formed in a rectangular prism shape to create a
more compact and convenient package. (original source: Wikipedia)
Fig.16: the same
type of semirectangular SMD
package can also
be used to house
polymer aluminium
electrolytic
capacitors. (original
source: Wikipedia)
Some through-hole tantalum capacitors ranging from 3.3µF to 47µF. For these
capacitors, polarity is indicated by a plus sign (+)
on one side of the body.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's
Australia’s electronics magazine
Plastic film capacitors are not used
as much commercially these days
since ceramic capacitors are much
cheaper and are available with very
low ESR and ESL figures. However,
in cases where linearity or safety are
essential, plastic films are still widely used.
Most plastic film capacitors have
better linearity than all but the best
(NP0/C0G) ceramics or mica capacitors, and they can be designed to fail
gracefully (going open-circuit).
Plastic film capacitors are available
from a few dozen picofarads up to a
few tens of microfarads, and have voltage ratings ranging from around 16V
up to several thousand volts.
The failure mode is vital in mains
applications, where capacitors are
connected between Active and Neutral or Active and Earth. If they were
to fail short circuit, a fire could result,
or it could be a shock hazard. While
ceramic X/Y-class capacitors exist,
generally, higher-value mains-rated
(X/Y) capacitors use either polyester
(PET), polypropylene (PP) or polycarbonate (PC) films.
March 2021 77
Fig.17: plastic capacitor construction is similar
to ceramic, with alternating layers of plastic (the
dielectric) and conductive metal film or foil in between,
staggered to create many capacitors in parallel
(original source: Wikipedia).
Like ceramic capacitors, the plastic dielectric used has a significant
effect on capacitor properties. And
similarly, the plastics with the lowest dielectric constants that result in
the bulkiest capacitors (like polypropylene and polystyrene [PS]), tend
to have the best performance figures,
Fig.18: plastic capacitors can be made from stacks of sheets,
similarly to ceramics, or from rolled-up strips, similarly to
electrolytics. The stacking process tends to be more timeconsuming and expensive, but it can give better density, so it is
used for some SMD plastic capacitors.
such as good linearity factors and low
dissipation factors.
Other plastics used for capacitors
include polyphenylene sulfide (PPS),
polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) and
polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE).
One interesting property of metallised plastic film capacitors is ‘self-
healing’. This is where a physical defect or the application of excessive
voltage might damage the capacitor,
but it will not fail entirely; instead, a
small area of the metallisation burns
away, reducing the capacitance by
(hopefully) a tiny amount – usually
not enough to affect its function.
Fig.19: the roll manufacturing process for metallised plastic capacitors. While metal foil can be used instead of
metallisation, it tends to result in a bulkier capacitor with inferior properties. (Source: Wikimedia user Elcap)
78
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
A set of film capacitors from
50pF to 1µF.
This effect is taken advantage of to
provide the higher safety margin required for mains-rated capacitors.
Plastic capacitor construction
Like ceramic capacitors, plastic film
capacitors usually need many layers to
give a usable capacitance value. However, they are not normally formed by
deposition methods. Therefore, they
must be either stacked or wound (see
Figs.17-19).
Stacked capacitors are made in the
way you might guess: with alternating layers of conducting foils and dielectric films. The conducting foils are
staggered so that when they are joined
along each edge, they form interlocking ‘combs’ and thus effectively, many
single-layer capacitors in parallel.
Making capacitors that way is timeconsuming and expensive, though.
Rather than using metal foils, the
dielectric can also be coated with a
film of conductive material which
provides a thinner and more uniform
layer, improving performance and allowing more layers to be packed into
the same space for higher density.
Wound plastic film capacitors are
made similarly to electrolytics as described above. A sandwich is created
with the dielectric film between two
strips of metal foil, with the strips
slightly offset. This assembly is wound
up into a roll, and in most cases, the
roll is squashed flat to better fit into a
rectangular prism shape.
A metallisation layer is sprayed onto
the ends of the roll to connect the layers, and leads are attached. This is why
the conductors are offset; each layer is
only exposed at one end of the roll, or
else the sprayed metal layer will short
out the capacitor. After this, the capacitor is typically impregnated with
silicone oil or another insulating fluid
to prevent moisture ingress.
The terminals are then attached and
the capacitor is encapsulated, sometimes by being dipped, other times by
being sealed into a pre-formed plastic case.
To make plastic film capacitors with
a voltage rating above 630V DC, partial metallisation can be used to effectively form multiple capacitors in series using the same basic techniques.
This can extend voltage ratings up past
3000V DC (see Fig.20).
As well as small-signal capacitors
and those for mains filtering, plastic
dielectric capacitors are also used in
motor run applications. Many motor
start capacitors are electrolytic types,
but electros are not suitable for handling the continuous current and high
voltages that motor run capacitors are
subjected to.
So they are typically made with
polypropylene or similar plastic dielectrics and thick metal films to handle
high currents continuously.
Electrical double-layer
capacitors (EDLs)
Fig.20: the basic method of plastic film capacitor manufacturing doesn’t work
very well for applied voltages above about 630V. Higher voltage ratings are
possible, but the capacitor needs to be internally separated into several elements
connected in series, so that the dielectric material only has a fraction of the
applied voltage across it. (original source: Wikipedia)
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
These are often known as supercapacitors or ultracapacitors. They are
a variation on electrolytic capacitors,
with extremely high capacitances but
usually low voltage ratings, and often
very high internal resistances (and
thus low operating currents). We published an article on ultracapacitors
in April 2008 (siliconchip.com.au/
Article/1793).
EDLs use similar conductive polymers with a very high surface area for
both the positive and negative electrodes, with a common electrolyte in
contact with both. Anions and cations in the electrolyte form insulating
Helmholtz layers in direct contact with
the surfaces of both electrodes.
These layers are only one atom
thick, and as mentioned at the start of
the article, capacitance is proportional
March 2021 79
Fig.21: as the name suggests, a double-layer (EDL) capacitor
effectively has two dielectric layers, one at the surface of the
anode and one at the cathode, with a conductive electrolyte
between the two. The advantage is that these layers are
super-thin, just one molecule wide, giving extremely high
capacitances in a small package. However, this thin dielectric
layer results in a very low voltage rating, typically either 2.7V
or 5.5V (source: Wikimedia user Elcap).
to surface area and inversely proportional to dielectric layer thickness. You
can’t get a much thinner layer than one
atom (see Fig.21).
Given the large surface area of the
electrodes, EDL capacitors can have
values exceeding one Farad in a package not much bigger than a can 19mm
in diameter and about 16mm tall.
The fact that the current must pass
through two polymer layers plus an
electrolyte, neither of which is especially conductive, is why the current
delivery of EDLs is generally limited.
The extremely thin dielectric layer is
the reason why voltage ratings of only
2.7V or 5.5V are common.
Both of these problems can be mitigated by connecting many EDL capacitors in parallel (to improve current handling) or series (to increase
the voltage rating, at the expense of
capacitance). Higher voltage EDLs
usually have multiple internal EDLs
in series.
You might be using an ultracapacitor
without realising it; Mazda introduced
its i-ELOOP system in vehicles from
2011, and it is now in many vehicles.
This system recovers kinetic energy
during braking to rapidly charge an
ultracapacitor, then uses that energy
to charge the vehicle battery over a
longer period.
Other types of capacitor
Silvered mica capacitors unsurprisingly use mica, a type of mineral, as
the dielectric. Mica was chosen both
for its good dielectric properties and
because its crystalline structure makes
it very easy to cleave into super-thin
sheets; just what you need to achieve
a decent capacitance. A thin layer of
silver is applied to each side, and voila,
you have a capacitor with excellent
linearity and low leakage.
An example of an
806pF 300V mica
capacitor. The 1%
rating means its
actual value will
be in the range of
~798-814pF.
Mica capacitors have mostly been
replaced by ceramic or plastic film
types, as both are significantly cheaper to manufacture and achieve similar
performance.
Some still value mica caps for audio circuits. Besides good linearity,
another property of mica capacitors
is that they usually have tight toler-
ances due to their predictable thickness, measurable surface area and low
temperature coefficient.
Another type of non-polarised capacitor that was widely used but is
now far less common (although still
available) is the paper capacitor (sometimes known as an MP [metallised paper] capacitor).
These have also mostly been supplanted by ceramic or plastic film capacitors. The main disadvantage of paper capacitors is that they can absorb
moisture from the air and fail; older
types have also been known to catch
fire! Modern capacitors usually combine paper and plastic (usually PET
or polypropylene) to overcome these
disadvantages. Their main advantage
is low cost.
One benefit that paper capacitors
retain is that they usually have zinc
metallisation compared to the aluminium metallisation of plastic capacitors.
This provides better ‘self-healing’ capabilities due to its lower-energy evaporation process.
Variable capacitors
Variable capacitors work either by
varying the amount of overlap between
two sets of metal plates, or by chang-
Fig.22: the simplest type of variable capacitor, used in many vintage radios, is just two sets of interleaved metal plates
where the amount of overlap can be adjusted. Air is the dielectric. Miniature trimmer caps tend to use a plastic or mica
dielectric and bring the two plates closer together or further away to vary the capacitance.
80
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Some varcaps (variable capacitors)
from various older radios.
ing the spacing between two plates
(possibly separated by a plastic or
mica dielectric). In many cases, the
dielectric is air.
As such, the range of capacitance for
a typical tuning capacitor is generally
from a few picofarads up to a few hundred picofarads (see Fig.22).
They are typically used as part of an
RF oscillator or filter circuit, so low picofarad values give the required time
constants with reasonable values for
other components (usually inductors).
Oddball types
The capacitors described above
probably cover 99% of the capacitors you might come across, but other
types exist. That includes those with
a glass or silicon dielectric, or even
a vacuum!
Capacitor parameters
In addition to its construction/dielectric (ceramic, aluminium electrolytic, tantalum electrolytic, plastic film, plastic foil etc), a capacitor
is described by its capacitance, tolerance, voltage rating(s), ripple current
rating(s), leakage current rating(s),
operating temperature and expected
lifespan.
Furthermore, each capacitor type
has several associated performance
metrics, which may be fixed or vary
with parameters like temperature, applied voltage, signal frequency, age etc.
These include the ESR (equivalent series resistance), ESL (equivalent series
inductance), dissipation factor (DF
or delta [Δ]), temperature coefficient
(tempco), voltage coefficient, linearity and more.
We’ll describe all of these, starting
with the parameters which typically
form part of a model or part code.
siliconchip.com.au
Capacitance: the nominal capacity of the device, measured with no
or little charge (typically around 0.51.0V across the capacitor) and at room
temperature.
For very low-value capacitors (fraction of a picofarad to a few picofarads),
the measured capacitance can be affected by the connected PCB tracks/
pad or wires, or even the device’s
lead length.
Tolerance: how close you can expect the capacitance to be compared to
the nominal value. If you have a 10µF
±10% capacitor, if its value is less than
9µF or more than 11µF, then it would
be considered faulty.
However, during actual use, its
capacitance could vary outside this
range, as explained below.
Voltage rating(s): the applied DC
voltage across the capacitor terminals
can safely vary from 0V up to this figure. For non-polarised types like ceramic or plastic film, it can also be
negative, meaning the full range of operating voltages is effectively doubled
(ie, -50V to +50V for a 50V capacitor).
Some capacitors have a higher
‘surge’ voltage rating which will not
damage them if applied for a limited
period, but that is less common these
days. Note that you sometimes need
to keep the voltage below the rating
for good performance; more on that
shortly.
Ripple current rating(s): all capacitors have some intrinsic resistance and
therefore heat up as current passes
through them; current flows through
a capacitor during both charging and
discharging.
For example, if a capacitor is used
to filter the output from a bridge rectifier turning AC to DC, it supplies
the full load current most of the time
Australia’s electronics magazine
(when the bridge is not conducting).
But it also must absorb large pulses of
current to recharge when the bridge
comes into conduction, 50 or 100 times
per second.
Such circuits must be designed to
avoid exceeding the RMS ripple current rating of the filter capacitor(s) or
else they can rapidly overheat and fail.
There are generally different figures given at low (50/100Hz) and
high (100kHz) frequencies, due to the
changing impedance of the capacitor, from both its capacitance and its
ESL (see below). The ripple current
rating is usually higher at higher frequencies.
Leakage current rating(s): some capacitors (eg, electros) can have a fairly significant leakage current through
the capacitor even when the voltage is
steady. This is usually proportional to
the applied voltage.
Ceramic, plastic film and mica capacitors also have leakage currents,
although they are generally very low
and are often (but not always) of no
concern. This is important in some applications, like sample-and-hold buffers, where the voltage across a capacitor must remain stable for relatively
long periods.
Operating temperature: critically
for electrolytic capacitors, this is the
maximum temperature at which the
capacitor is guaranteed to meet the
stated performance figures. It is also
the temperature at which the expected
lifespan (if given) is calculated.
Capacitor lifespan roughly doubles
for each 10°C below the rated temperature, and halves for each 10°C above
it. Typical ratings are 85°C, 105°C and
125°C. We recommend using 105°Crated capacitors with an expected lifespan of at least a few thousand hours
to avoid early failures.
Lifespan: usually stated in thousands of hours MTBF (mean time between failures), with 1000 hours at the
lower end and about 10,000 hours at
the upper end. If you can find a capacitor rated to last for 10,000 hours
at 125°C, it’ll probably outlast the rest
of the circuit!
Performance metrics
Equivalent series resistance (ESR):
this is a crucial metric for most capacitors as it has a strong effect on how
well the capacitor can smooth DC voltages, and how much heat is generated
at higher currents.
March 2021 81
You can think of a real capacitor
like an ideal capacitor with a resistor
in series; the lower the value of that
resistor, the less it is ‘isolated’ from
the circuit it is connected to.
Typical ESR values are a few ohms
for a low-value electrolytic capacitor,
down to a few milliohms for a large,
low-ESR electrolytic, tantalum, polymer or ceramic capacitor.
Equivalent series inductance (ESL):
just like ESR, you can imagine that all
capacitors have a low-value inductor
internally connected in series with the
capacitance.
This has little effect at low frequencies, but can make the effective impedance of the capacitor so high that it is
useless at higher frequencies.
ESL is critical for applications like
bypassing multi-GHz ICs such as CPUs
and RF devices. Smaller capacitors
generally have a lower ESL, and certain construction methods can dra-
Fig.23: by definition, the temperature coefficient of an NP0 ceramic capacitor
is zero (or very close to it). On the other hand, Y5V ceramic capacitors vary in
value wildly with temperature. Z5U is a little better at lower temperatures, but
still poor at high temperatures. X5R and X7R are the ‘go to’ ceramic dielectrics
because they are cheaper and more compact than NP0 capacitors, but have a
much more modest temperate coefficient than Y5V or Z5U. (source: Wikipedia
& Johanson Dielectrics)
Fig.24: the variation with temperature of the dielectric constant, K, for several
ceramic materials. You can see that X5R and X7R have a much higher K than
C0G/NP0, making for higher capacitances in a smaller volume, with only a
slight variation over the temperature range. The vast variation for Y5V and
Z5U makes them unattractive. While they give a high capacitance at room
temperature, at very high or low temperatures, the K value drops below that of
both X5R and X7R. (original source: Digi-Key)
82
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
matically reduce the ESL of larger capacitors.
The combination of capacitive reactance, ESR and ESL produces a characteristic valley-like impedance curve
for most capacitors, as shown previously in Fig.10.
Dissipation factor (DF): also known
as tan(δ), is the reciprocal of the ratio of
the ESR and capacitive reactance, and
as such, is typically a number close to
but slightly less than one.
It can be easier to tell how close to
ideal a given capacitor is by looking
at the DF rather than ESR, and it can
also make it easier to compare the performance of capacitors with different
values of capacitance.
Temperature coefficient (tempco):
how much the capacitance changes
with temperature. In an application
where the capacitance is used to define a frequency (eg, in an oscillator
or filter), this must be minimised to
prevent frequency drift with temperature. Hence, NP0/C0G ceramics or
plastic film capacitors are generally
preferred in those roles (see Figs.23
& 24).
This is very important to keep in
mind with high-K dielectrics like Y5V
ceramics; they can lose 80% or more of
their capacitance at elevated temperatures! That’s made even worse by…
Voltage coefficient: how much the
capacitance changes as the capacitor
is charged.
This causes two main problems. One
is a loss of effective capacitance; combined with the poor tempco of Y5V ceramics, a 10µF 6.3V Y5V capacitor at
80°C, charged to 5V, might have less
effective capacitance than a 1µF 50V
X5R capacitor under the same conditions! (See Figs.25 & 26). This is why
we steer well clear of cheaper Y5V
ceramics.
The other problem with a high voltage coefficient is that it dramatically
impacts linearity.
So, perhaps unintuitively, standard
aluminium electrolytic capacitors are
better for audio coupling than most
high-quality multi-layer ceramic capacitors. NP0/C0G ceramics are the
exception, but they are huge and horrendously expensive at the sort of values required for most audio coupling
applications.
Linearity: this is not something you
will find on most data sheets, and there
is no standard way of representing it.
But it is a real effect that varies sigsiliconchip.com.au
nificantly between different capacitor types.
The easiest way to measure it is to
form a simple RC filter (low-pass or
high-pass) with a relatively low-value, linear (thin film) resistor and a
capacitor. You then feed a very pure
sinewave into the filter, at a frequency
near the -3dB point, and measure the
distortion figure of the voltage across
the capacitor.
The resulting % THD is inversely
proportional to the capacitor’s linearity. A very linear capacitor like a polypropylene or NP0/C0G ceramic capacitor will introduce an unmeasurable
level of distortion (below 0.0001%).
Other plastic film types like polyester are slightly worse, resulting in a
measurable but not worrying level of
distortion (say 0.0005%).
Other capacitors like high-K ceramics, electrolytics and so on could give
distortion measurements of 1% or
more, reflecting the fact that their I/V
curves are not straight.
In some cases (eg, electros), the
curves can even have hysteresis, meaning they are a different shape for charging and discharging.
This is most important in audio circuits, although other circuits (eg, RF)
might be sensitive to linearity too.
Note that electros are fine for audio
coupling, even though they are not
terribly linear, as the applied AC voltage in that role is so small that it isn’t
a significant effect (unlike the voltage
coefficient of many ceramics, which
makes them unsuitable for that role,
despite probably being more linear
than electros).
Ageing: capacitors can change value
over time, usually decreasing due to
degradation of the dielectric. Typically, those with a tighter initial tolerance
will tend to maintain their capacitance
better over time (see Fig.27).
This is apart from an actual failure of
the component, which might manifest
as a much lower capacitance, higher
ESR, higher leakage (especially at voltages approaching the rating) or some
combination of the three.
Further reading
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Types:
Ceramic:
Electrolytic:
Tantalum:
Polymer:
Film:
Supercaps:
https://w.wiki/q86
https://w.wiki/q87
https://w.wiki/q88
https://w.wiki/q89
https://w.wiki/q8A
https://w.wiki/q8B
https://w.wiki/q8C SC
siliconchip.com.au
SMD Capacitor Actual Size:
0603
0805
1206
1210
1812
Fig.25: the measured value of a range of 4.7µF X5R and X7R capacitors with the
application of a range of DC voltages. Note how the physically larger capacitors
tend to retain their capacitance better as they are charged to a similar voltage.
(original source: Maxim)
Fig.26: the change in capacitance over voltage for several different ceramic
dielectrics. While the 100V and 400V capacitors seem to perform poorly,
consider that the X-axis is a percentage of the voltage rating. Due to this
effect and the temperature coefficient, Y5V or Z5U capacitors can easily fall
below 10% of their rated values, and below even 5% at temperature extremes!
(Original source: Wikipedia)
Fig.27: if you need another reason to avoid Y5V ceramics, here is a comparison
of the loss in capacitance due to aging with the more robust X7R types.
According to the originators of this graph, Johanson Dielectrics, the value of
Y5V capacitors drops at roughly three times the rate of a comparable X7R
capacitor (original source: Johanson Dielectrics).
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 83
• Monitor up to 3 batteries from 6 to 100V • Currents to 10A (or 100A+ with shunt)
Versatile
Battery
Multi-LOGGER
Part 2 –
By TIM BLYTHMAN
WITH TOUCHSCREEN LCD
In Part 1 of our new Battery Multi-Logger last month, we described how
it combines the functions of a Micromite LCD BackPack along with
voltage and current sensing hardware, and power-saving techniques, all
on a single PCB. Now we’ll go over the construction, testing, setup and
calibration procedures so you can build and use it.
B
•
•
•
•
efore getting to the assembly instructions, let’s quickly review
the Logger’s capabilities.
It can handle batteries from 6-100V
and monitor up to three bidirectional currents of up to 10A using
its onboard shunts, or much more
(to 100A or beyond) using external shunts.
Its own power consumption is less
than 1mA while actively logging
with the screen off.
It can display the current and historical data on a 2.8-inch backlit LCD
touchscreen, and the data can also
be downloaded to a computer over
USB for further analysis.
It tracks the current battery stateof-charge in both amp-hours (Ah)
84
Silicon Chip
and watt-hours (Wh), and it has a
current measurement resolution of
around 0.1% of full-scale, which
equates to 10mA steps when using
the internal shunts.
All of these functions are built onto
a small PCB. As all the user interface
features are accessed via the touchscreen, it can easily be integrated into
other devices through a rectangular
cutout in the case.
Construction
The Battery Logger is built on an
86mm x 50mm double-sided PCB
coded 11106201. Fig.5 shows where
the components go, on both sides of
the board.
As usual for assembling a board
Australia’s electronics magazine
with many SMDs, it is useful to have
the following on hand: flux paste, solder braid (wick), a magnifier, tweezers
and an adjustable temperature iron.
The smallest parts have pad spacing
under 1mm, so solder bridges are almost inevitable, hence the need for
flux paste and solder wick.
Since flux tends to generate smoke,
use a fume extraction hood or work in
an outdoor area, where the smoke can
more easily dissipate.
One of the most fiddly parts is the
USB socket, CON5, so start by fitting that. Dispense flux onto the pads
and then sit the USB socket in place;
it should lock into the holes in the
PCB. Add some more flux to the tops
of the pins.
siliconchip.com.au
The Multi-Logger can be
mounted in a UB5 Jiffy
Box like many Micromitebased projects and as seen
here. But you might like to
use the bezel to mount the
Multi-Logger in the front
panel of your equipment
enclosure; you could then
use the Jiffy Box to protect
the rear of the unit.
With a clean tip, add solder to your
iron, then press it against the small
pins and pads together. The socket’s
metal shroud tends to get in the way
a bit.
Once you are sure that you have soldered all the pins, check for bridges
and remove them if necessary, then
solder the larger tabs on the shroud
in place.
ICs
Solder the ICs (IC1-IC6 and REF1,
on the back of the PCB) next. We suggest fitting IC5 first, as it has the finest pin pitch.
For each of the ICs, check the orientation of pin 1 against the PCB silkscreen by matching the dot before soldering any pins.
IC6 is asymmetric, so although this
part is small, it is easy to orientate
correctly. Note that some of the ICs
might not have a dot to indicate pin 1.
Instead, they will have a bevel along
one edge or a line at one end; in each
case, this feature is nearest to pin 1. For
REF1, the pin 1 indicator might even
be a tiny laser-etched cross.
When soldering the ICs, apply flux
to the pads, then rest the IC in place
and tack one lead. Check the positioning, ensuring that the part is flat and
aligned within its pads. If not, remelt
the solder and adjust the part with
the tweezers.
After the part is located correctly,
solder the remaining pins. Don’t worry
about solder bridges as they happen, as
it is easier to remove multiple bridges
later, all at the same time. Apply exsiliconchip.com.au
tra flux if necessary during soldering.
To remove bridges, apply fresh flux
and press the solder braid against the
excess solder with the iron. When it
melts, allow it to draw up the solder
and then gently pull it away from the
component.
The surface tension between the
component and the pad should hold
enough solder to maintain a good connection, even if the solder braid removes most of it.
Now is a good time to inspect your
work closely with a magnifier, as making changes will be harder as more
parts are added.
It’s a good idea to clean away excess
flux first; isopropyl alcohol is a good
all-round choice, but specialised flux
cleaning products often do a better job.
Transistor and regulators
The next trickiest parts are the transistors and regulators in SOT-23 packages. There are six such parts in three
types: Q1 & Q3 (P-channel Mosfets),
Q2 & Q4 (N-channel Mosfets), and
REG1 & REG2 (LDO regulators).
Fortunately, they will only fit one
way, so use a similar technique to the
ICs. Solder one lead and check the position before soldering the remaining
leads. The remaining SMDs all have
much larger pads, so are much easier
to deal with.
Resistors and capacitors
Many of the remaining parts are
3216-sized (3.2 x 1.6mm; or 1206 imperial) resistors and capacitors. The
resistors should be marked with their
Australia’s electronics magazine
values, while the capacitors are typically not, so take extra care with the
capacitors and don’t mix them up.
We recommend working with one
value at a time.
Where possible, we’ve marked the
resistors and capacitor values below
the part itself; the exception is the
parts around IC4.
Remember that if you are using external shunts for current sensing, you
omit the three 15mΩ shunt resistors.
Leave the larger shunt resistors aside
for now, even if you intend to fit them.
For the remaining parts, check the value printed on the silkscreen against
the value on the part, which will be
a numerical code that you can match
in our parts list.
For each part, apply flux to the pad,
solder one lead, check and adjust if
necessary and then solder the other
lead. Refresh the first lead if necessary.
Most of the capacitors are 100µF,
10µF or 100nF types, so we recommend placing these first. The 100µF
and 10µF capacitors will most likely
be larger, so they won’t be too hard to
differentiate. All four 100µF types are
fitted to the back of the PCB.
Use the same method as for the resistors. Follow up with the remaining
capacitors, taking note of their value
before removing from the packaging
and working one at a time.
There are two small inductors (L2
and L3) which also have 3216 dimensions; they are soldered in much the
same way.
The larger 120µH inductor (L1)
might require a hotter iron to solder.
March 2021 85
Fig.5: the PCB photos shown above are of an early prototype, so they differ slightly from the overlays which are our
final design, including up-to-date component values. There are components on both sides, although the back of the
board is much more sparsely populated. Take extra care with the orientation of all ICs, the two diodes and the LED.
Most of the other components are unpolarised.
Use the same technique of working
on one lead at a time. Sometimes you
get better heat transferral by pressing the long edge of your soldering
iron tip onto the pad. Then solder the
other lead.
Next, solder the button cell holder.
Again, you might need to turn up your
iron to supply more heat. Add flux to
the pads and locate the holder such
that a cell can be inserted from the
edge of the PCB.
Tack one pad down and when you
are happy with it, solder the other
pad. Refresh the first pad to relieve
any stress on the PCB pads. Check
our photos to see how it should look.
And the rest
There are two surface-mounted diodes; they are both fitted with their
cathodes facing towards REG2 (as that
is what they supply!).
You may well be using surfacemounting or through-hole parts for
LED1 and S1. Fit these two next. LED1’s
cathode faces to the right, towards
CON1. Most surface-mount LEDs have
their cathode marked with a green dot,
but double-check this, as some do not.
86
Silicon Chip
At this stage, practically all the
SMDs have been fitted, so it is a good
opportunity to clean off any excess
flux left on the PCB.
JP1 is not usually needed, so can be
left off (we used it in our testing), but
JP2 is required. Fit the jumper shunt to
make it easier to manipulate and solder
one lead. Check it is square and flat,
then solder the other leads.
If you have pre-programmed microcontrollers (IC1 and IC2), then fit the
shunt to JP2 on the bottom two pads (as
seen in our photo). This is the ‘RUN’
position. If you need to program IC1,
then fit the shunt to the top two pads
(near the PCB mounting hole).
For programming, you will only
need to fit CON1, as IC2 can program
IC1. But if you have a programmer,
you might find it quicker and easier
to fit both for programming anyway.
We used right-angled headers for
CON1 and CON2 to make it easier to
debug, but straight headers will also
work, and fit under the LCD.
The connections for the 2.8in LCD
are made up of a 4-way and a 14-way
female header. Only the 14-way header
is needed for the current version of the
Australia’s electronics magazine
software, although having both headers
will make the assembly more robust.
Use the 2.8in LCD as a jig to fit the
headers. You might need to solder pin
headers to the LCD if they are not preinstalled; most do not come with the
4-way header fitted. In that case, plug
the headers into the sockets and insert
them into their respective PCBs. The
headers sockets go on our PCB, with
the pin headers on the LCD side.
Solder the headers in place, keeping
the PCBs parallel. Then gently separate the LCD from the PCB, wiggling
it if necessary.
The final step in assembling the
PCB is to fit CON3 and CON3A, the
battery and load connections. Mount
them on the back of the PCB to allow
access even after the stack is assembled. Verify that you have fitted the
three larger 15mΩ shunts if you will
not be using external shunts.
Programming
If you have pre-programmed ICs,
you don’t need to worry about this
step and should proceed to the setup
section.
Both IC1 and IC2 need firmware to
siliconchip.com.au
work. The only way to program IC2
in-circuit is to use ICSP header CON1
and a programmer such as a PICkit 3
or PICkit 4.
You can use the MPLAB X IPE (integrated programming environment),
which is available as a free download
as part of the MPLAB X package from
www.microchip.com/mplab/mplabx-ide
Choose PIC16F1455 as the device
and your programmer from the Tool
drop-down. Connect the programmer
to CON1 according to its instructions
and browse for the Microbridge HEX
file (2410417A.HEX). Then press the
Program button to upload it.
With the IPE open, you can also use
this to upload the firmware for IC1.
Connect the programmer to CON2, select PIC32MX170F256B as the Device
and browse for 1110620A.HEX. Upload this file with the program button.
After programming is done, don’t
forget to move JP2 to the RUN (lower)
position.
Microbridge and MMBasic
If you’re inclined to tinker with the
BASIC code, you can program IC1 with
the MMBasic files too, although that
is a bit more involved.
We’ll outline the steps, with the assumption that you have a bit of experience with the Micromite environment, know your way around MMBasic quite well and are comfortable uploading files to the Micromite. If you
don’t want to do this, skip to the next
section.
You will need the Microbridge firmware on IC2 and start with JP2 in the
PROGRAM position, as it needs (at
the very least) the HEX file for the
BASIC environment to be uploaded
to IC1 first.
This can be done with a PICkit and
the IPE (as outlined above), but instead
of the Battery Logger firmware, you
should choose the latest Micromite
MMBasic firmware file.
Alternatively, the MMBasic firmware can be uploaded by the Microbridge by pressing S1 (to enter programming mode). Then use a program
like pic32prog or P32P GUI to upload
the Micromite MMBasic HEX file. We
used version 5.5.2.
JP2 can now be moved to the RUN
position. From the BASIC environment (a serial port running at 38,400
baud), you should run the commands
to set up the 2.8in LCD and touch
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.6: we ran this diagram last month to show what the Logger can do. We’re
repeating it now as you might want to use it as a guide when wiring it up.
When using the internal shunts, the battery connects across CON3, and the
positive ends of your loads or chargers go to the terminals of CON3a. All
load and charger negatives go straight to the battery. When using the external
shunts, follow diagram (C) and make sure the wiring from the battery to the
shunts is short and thick for maximum precision.
panel as per usual for a V2 Micromite
BackPack.
OPTION LCDPANEL ILI9341,
LANDSCAPE, 2, 23, 6
OPTION TOUCH 7, 15
GUI CALIBRATE
The BASIC files are arranged as a
library file supplementing the main
source code. This allows the Micromite to compress some of the data it
uses. Load the library.bas file, then run
the command:
Australia’s electronics magazine
LIBRARY SAVE
This saves and compresses the library file. Next, load the main Battery Logger.bas file and run it. These
instructions are in the library.bas file.
Setup and operation
If you haven’t already done so, fit
a CR2032 cell to the BAT1 holder, fit
the LCD panel and connect the Logger
up to a computer or USB power supply via CON5. If you programmed IC1
with the hex file specific to this project,
March 2021 87
Screen1: the main screen provides all the critical statistics
for your battery, as well as three simple menu options
for accessing other features. The greyed values seen are
capacity calculations which are not yet valid, as the Logger
has not detected a complete charge and discharge cycle;
they will light up brighter when that happens.
then the Logger software should start
straight away. If you loaded the BASIC
files yourself, you might need to run
the program manually for the first time.
You should see Screen1 appear at
startup. An error message might appear for the first few seconds while the
program waits for a valid battery reading to occur; if it does not disappear
after about ten seconds, there could be
a problem with IC5. The voltage shown
after “V=” should be zero, as you don’t
have a battery connected yet.
You might see some readings for
the current values, though, as we have
not completed the calibration yet. I1
corresponds to the Logger’s own current use, while I2-I4 are the currents
measured through the terminals of
CON3A, as shown in Fig.5. These values might jump around a bit, but the
long-term averages are the most important figures.
At right are the capacity and state
of charge measurements. CHGv% is
a simple linear calculation between
nominal full and empty voltages, while
CHGm% is based on measured current
since the last full and empty states.
The CHGm% reading won’t be entirely accurate until the battery has
experienced a complete charge and
discharge cycle. Similarly, the capacity readings will not be meaningful
right away.
At upper right is a countdown timer; when this reaches zero, the display
will blank. This is the normal mode,
where the Logger is logging, but does
88
Silicon Chip
Screen2: the Data screen provides a graphical view of
the logged data. Different timespans can be shown, and
the display will automatically scroll once a minute to
show current data. The Weeks option provides around a
fortnight of data. Data can also be dumped as CSV rows
over the console serial port with the Export button.
not need to display anything, thus
saving power. The counter can be reset by touching anywhere on the Main
screen.
This timeout only happens from
the Main screen shown in Screen1, so
make sure to return to it each time you
finish accessing the Logger’s graphical interface.
To reactivate the screen, press
and hold the touch panel until the
backlight illuminates. For maximum
power efficiency, the Micromite only
checks the panel at one-second intervals, so it might take a second or so
of touch to wake it up. The Logger
waits for the touch to be released before displaying the main screen, so
you can’t accidentally press a button
when waking it up.
The interface is fairly intuitive, but
we’ll walk through the various screens
anyway. Screen2 is reached by pressing the Data button and displays a
graph of the voltage and currents. The
current scale (left-hand side) can be
manually set, while the voltage scale
uses the nominal full and empty values. By default these are set to 14.4V
and 11.0V, to suit a 12V lead-acid battery.
The buttons along the bottom set
this page to display the various scales,
with the time frames shown at the bottom of the screen. In each scale, the
Export button does a dump of data to
the serial port. This data is produced
so that it can be saved as a CSV (comma separated value) file and then can
Australia’s electronics magazine
be opened with most spreadsheet programs. Pressing Exit returns to the
Main display.
Screen3 is accessed using the Settings button. Each value shown can
be changed by pressing the respective button.
Screen4 shows a number being entered, in this example to update the
current year. If the number entered is
invalid, a message is displayed. Pressing OK prompts for the new value to
be confirmed (see Screen5).
The time and date settings are immediately saved to the real-time clock
and are displayed on this and the main
screen. The two B/L values are for the
backlight brightness as a percentage,
from 1-100. The first value (B/L) is
used most of the time.
The second value (B/L dim) is used
for the last five seconds before the
screen shuts down, to indicate that
this is about to happen. A minimum
value of 1% is allowed for either setting to ensure that the display is always visible.
The V(full) and V(empty) values
should be set to suit your particular
battery. You can’t set the V(empty) value to be higher than the V(full) value.
The Timeout value sets how long
the display stays on before blanking at
the Main screen. This has a minimum
of five seconds, as this is the period of
dimming that occurs before blanking.
A large value can be used to stop
the display blanking; eg, a period of
99999999 seconds is around three
siliconchip.com.au
Screen3: the Settings screen provides the most common
options for configuring the Logger, including battery
voltages, time and date and backlight controls. Each entry
is validated to ensure it does not conflict with other values
(such as the ‘Empty’ voltage being higher than the ‘Full’
voltage) and then immediately saved to flash memory.
years.
The “I scale” value sets the limits of
the graph on the Data page only. Setting a value of 20 will cause the graph
to span from -20A to 20A.
The “V(sdown)” value sets a critical battery limit. Below this level, the
Logger sleeps for much longer periods between activity. The MMBasic
code sets this to 15 seconds. Since
the ADC (IC5) goes to sleep after each
conversion, the result is that current
consumption drops even lower than
the normal ‘screen off’ mode.
This setting is intended to preserve
a battery that already is heavily discharged. You can still use the Logger,
although you will have to touch the
screen for up to 15 seconds to wake it
up, and the data will be much more
sparse, as it won’t be logging as frequently. Still, you should be able to
quickly identify that there is a problem
with the battery and rectify it.
To disable this feature (eg, for testing without a battery connected), set
this value to 0V. In this case, the buck
regulator will shut down below around
5.5V, causing the Logger to power off
completely unless it is powered from
USB.
Calibration
The remaining button on the
Main page goes to the Calibrate page
(Screen6). You should always calibrate
the V factor first, as the measured current depends on the voltages measured
being accurate.
siliconchip.com.au
Screen4: the Entry screen is displayed whenever a number
needs to be entered. The symbol at lower left allows the
last typed character to be deleted. Since negative numbers
are not used, there is no minus symbol.
Internally, there is a V factor (the
ratio between the actual voltage and
the raw 24-bit ADC reading) for each of
the four dividers, but only one is displayed, as they should all be similar
to within component tolerance. The
nominal value is 100V/16,777,216; ie,
a full-scale reading at 100V.
The four V factors allow compensation for variations in the dividers,
mostly due to component tolerances.
They allow the three current sense dividers to be zeroed against the primary
voltage divider. Thus, this step should
be done first before attempting to calibrate the individual currents; otherwise, there will be an offset from zero.
You’ll need to hook up your battery, or, at the very least, a stable voltage source above 6V. Higher voltages
will mean that the quantisation error
(due to steps between consecutive
ADC values) will be proportionally
less, potentially giving slightly better calibration.
Don’t hook up anything to CON3A
though, as we don’t want any current
flow to skew the results. If possible,
leave the USB supply connected too,
as this will minimise the load on the
battery, with the display running from
USB power. In this case, the only battery drain will be the no-load quiescent current of IC4, at around 10µA.
Hook up a voltmeter to the battery
terminals and allow the unit to settle for a minute. This reading must be
stable for optimum results. Press the
“Volts” button and acknowledge that
Australia’s electronics magazine
there is no load on the terminals.
Enter the battery voltage as displayed on the voltmeter. A page will
show the various V factors and an
estimate of how much they vary. If
there is a variation of more than a
few percent (due to component tolerances), you might have a problem
with the dividers, such as a wrong
component value or a spurious load
on the battery.
You can confirm the new values by
pressing OK, or use Cancel to investigate further. The calibration is stored to
flash and used immediately. Go back to
check that the displayed currents (I2I4) have settled near zero. This means
that the calibration is correct.
The remaining calibrations are not
so critical as they won’t produce an
offset in the results, but will simply
give incorrect current scaling. The
default values are calculated from
nominal component values; you will
have to change these if you are using
external shunts.
Current calibration
The current calibration method is
straightforward. A known load is applied to each terminal, the current is
measured and entered into the Logger, and it then calculates the conversion ratio.
For I2-I4, these are the external loads
at CON3A, while I1 is the Logger’s own
current. Thus for I2-I4, the load should
be applied between CON3A and the
battery negative.
March 2021 89
Screen5: each Entry value is validated before being
processed and saved to provide a way of safely making
changes.
In this case, the actual current being
displayed on the main screen will be
negative (the battery is discharging).
Still, you can only enter a positive value, so you should just enter the magnitude of the current.
The initial values are set in the
MMBasic program but can also be altered here, which you need to do if
you are using shunts with values other than 15mΩ. The current calibration
values are simply the inverse of the
shunt resistance in ohms, so the default 15mΩ shunts have a calibration
factor of 66.67.
For I1, you will probably need to
disconnect the battery to allow an ammeter to be connected in the Logger’s
supply. When doing this, disconnect
the USB cable and ensure there is no
load on any of the CON3A terminals.
The nominal value of the factor used
for I1 is the inverse of the shunt resistor resistance (in ohms) divided by the
op-amp circuit’s gain. Consider that
the measured shunt voltage would be
the same as if the shunt resistance was
multiplied by the gain. So the default
value is the inverse of 0.1Ω, (ie 1/0.1)
= 10, divided by 100, or 0.1
Screen6: the Calibration screen provides a mostly
automated way of adjusting the Logger to account for
component tolerances. The operator simply needs to enter
a meter reading (volts or amps), and the Logger calculates
the calibration factors to produce the desired value.
In this form, it can be mounted in
a box. Still, we expect most people
will use the acrylic panel as a bezel
to mount the Logger in an equipment
enclosure, with wires connecting internally and the touch panel being accessible from outside.
To do this, separate the LCD and
Logger PCB by wiggling gently. Decide
which side of the bezel you would like
visible; we prefer the matte face, but it
is reversible, so you can put the gloss
side to the outside if you want.
Thread four of the M3 screws
through the front of the bezel, place
the washers over the threads, then follow with the LCD. The spacers provide
clearance for the leads that protrude
from the back of the headers.
Secure the M3 screws with the
tapped spacers. Reconnect the Logger
PCB and secure it to the stack with the
remaining M3 screws.
This complete assembly can now
be attached, for example, to the front
door of an equipment cupboard, using an M3 screw and nut in each corner to secure it. When the cabinet is
opened, the battery connections can
be accessed from the rear.
Protecting the back of the Logger is
easily done with the UB3 Jiffy box. The
included screws might be too short if
they need to screw through a panel,
but the pillars will line up with the
holes in the bezel.
Mounting and completion
With everything calibrated and set
up, you can mount and connect up
the Battery Logger. Being a similar size
and shape to the V2 Micromite BackPack, the Battery Logger can be fitted
with the laser-cut acrylic front panel
designed for UB3 Jiffy boxes.
90
Silicon Chip
When fitted to the inside of an equipment enclosure, the important features are
available for maintenance access, including cable terminations and the RTC
backup battery.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Screen7: any conditions that need to be satisfied for
accurate calibration are prompted before the calibration
begins. While this adds an extra step, it means there is little
chance for the calibration to fail.
In this case, all you need is a few
holes in the side or back of the box to
run the wires.
To complete the wiring, you can
follow the three examples shown in
Fig.6 (reproduced from last month).
This shows options for use with internal and external shunts, including
one possibility of sharing terminals on
CON3A if you have more than three
total loads plus charging sources.
There should ideally be a fuse on
each wire out of CON3A (or in the
high-current wiring leading to the
shunts).
There should also be a fuse in the
wire leading from the battery posi-
Screen8: as noted, all values are checked for validity
before being saved and used by the Multi-Logger. In this
case, a brief but helpful message is provided to allow the
user to work out what went wrong.
tive to CON3’s positive terminal. This
way, a fault in the Logger or any of
the connected loads cannot short out
the battery.
The wiring will be specific to individual arrangements, so we can only
offer general advice.
in the future.
You will see that we haven’t left
many microcontroller pins unused,
but we have broken out two pins to
a header at the top right of the PCB.
These are connected to the Micromite’s
I2C pins, as we figured that would be
a good way of expanding the device
(they are already used for the real-time
clock, but I2C is a shared bus).
3.3V power and ground connections
are also available at nearby CON2,
while CON6 connects to the Micromite’s second COM port (COM1), at
pins 21 and 22.
That provides a dedicated communications channel that could be used
SC
to add more features.
Conclusion
Like many of our projects, especially
those written in MMBasic, we expect
people will want to customise, tinker
and perhaps improve the software.
We look forward to hearing what
features readers would like to add,
as we are already planning to supplement the Logger with extra hardware
OR T HI S :
T HI S . . .
Every article in every issue of SILICON CHIP
Can now be yours forever in digital (PDF) format!
Nov 1987 Dec 2019
n
High-res printable PDFs*
n
Fully searchable files - with index
n
Viewable on 99.9% of personal computers & tablets
* Some early articles may be scans
Software capable of reading PDFs required (freely available)
Digital edition PDFs are supplied as five-year+ blocks, covering a minimum of 60 issues.
They’re copied onto quality metal USB flash drives (at least 32GB). Just order which block(s) you want!
n
Nov 1987 - Dec 1994
n
Jan 1995 - Dec 1999
n
Jan 2000 - Dec 2004
n
Jan 2005 - Dec 2009
n
Jan 2010 - Dec 2014
n
Jan 2015 - Dec 2019
Each five-year block is priced at just $100, and yes, current subscribers receive the normal 10% discount. If you order the entire collection, the 6th block is FREE (ie, pay for five, the sixth is a bonus!). All PDFs
are high resolution (some early editions excepted) and the USB Flash Drives are high quality metal USB3.0, so if you save the files to your PC hard disk, the USB Flash Drives can be used over and over!
Want to know more? Full details at siliconchip.com.au/shop/digital_ pdfs
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 91
ELECTRONIC
Wind Chimes
Part 2: finishing it off – by John Clarke
Last month, we described how our new
Electronic Wind Chime worked, and how
to build the electronics. Now we get to the
tricky bit – modifying the wind chime itself
so it can be driven by a series of solenoids.
Fear not, because we have detailed
instructions on how to accomplish this, and
finish the build by putting it all together and
setting up the electronics.
W
Our finished
Electronic Wind Chime.
It’s based on a
commercial wind
chime but ours
works when there’s
no wind.
92
Silicon Chip
e modified a Carson
Home Accents “Amazing Grace” 640mm Sonnet Wind Chime to incorporate the
solenoid drivers.
It is a 5-chime type with
31.5mm outside diameter tubes.
The longest tube is 590mm and
shortest at 450mm.
The solenoids are supported
on a circular ring made from
9mm MDF (medium-density fibreboard). This ring is held in place
with an inverted U-shaped piece made
from MDF and a couple of right-angle
brackets. The whole frame is attached
to the wind chime’s attachment hook
with an M5 screw and nut.
For our prototype, the clapper plate
was made using an 80mm diameter
piece of 1mm aluminium sheet. The
plate (shown in Fig.7) is designed to
cater for the 5-chimes arranged 72°
apart around the diameter.
The plate includes holes for the
strings and a slot to allow the clapper plate to be placed over the clapper while its central support string is
still attached.
The frame needs to be sized so the
base plate can be positioned at a height
where the solenoids and levers are inAustralia’s electronics magazine
line with the top of the clapper plate.
There are two holes for the string
attaching each solenoid to its chime.
These need to be far enough apart
so that the string does not touch the
chime tube when pulled taut. This
clapper plate can be glued in place, or
held with a small self-tapping screw
into the clapper after the string has
been threaded.
The 100mm x 10mm rectangular
solenoid levers are made from 1mm
aluminium sheet; the two end holes
are 3mm in diameter. Note that two
holes are not centred, but placed close
to one side, to give the best rotational
movement when attached to the solenoid plunger.
The pivot point is a wood screw into
the base plate. This should be long
enough and screwed in sufficiently for
the lever to sit horizontally, without
being too tight to move.
The hole in the solenoid plunger
was drilled to 2.5mm and then tapped
for an M3 thread. That allows the lever
to be secured at the fulcrum with just a
10mm-long M3 screw and no nut, with
the screw acting as a bearing. Alternatively, you could drill 3mm diameter
holes and secure them with machine
screws and nuts.
siliconchip.com.au
A close-up of the “business” end of the electronic wind chimes, showing how the solenoids are placed around the ring.
The solenoids do not strike the chime tubes; rather, they pull the clapper towards the tube which makes the sound. In this
photo, some of the catch strings and pull strings were removed from the closest chime tubes for clarity.
The pivot hole is slightly elongated
by about 1mm, to allow for the lever
to move freely, allowing for length
changes between the screws as it rotates with solenoid movement. A
6.3mm-long untapped spacer keeps
the pivot raised and is secured with a
15mm-long No.9 countersunk wood
screw into the base plate.
The solenoids are attached using
screws into the solenoid housing. Our
solenoids have M2.5-tapped mounting
holes, so they are secured using M2.5
x 12mm screws. If no holes are provided, they can be glued in place instead.
Other options
The clapper plate and levers could
be made from a material other than aluminium. The levers need to be thin
siliconchip.com.au
enough to freely rotate within the solenoid plunger slot.
An easier material to work with is
the Presspahn or similar electrical insulation material, such as the Jaycar
HG9985. This can be cut with scissors
and a sharp craft knife.
The sizes given for the wooden
frame and base plate are notional;
these really depend on the wind chime
you are using.
The circular ring base plate needs
to have an inside hole large enough
so the chime tubes can freely swing
without hitting it.
The outer diameter needs to be sufficient for attaching the solenoids, with
room for the pivot screws.
While we used MDF for the frame
and base plate, you could make the
Australia’s electronics magazine
frame from solid timber instead. The
base plate does not need to be circular – it could be made in a polygonal
shape instead.
The number of straight sides could
equal the number of chimes; for our
5-tube chime, that would be a pentagon.
Note that once the solenoids and
levers are in place, there is not necessarily a convenient point to attach the
frame to the chime where it will not
interfere with at least one lever. This
is especially true with an odd number
of solenoids.
However, there should be one side of
the frame that can be directly attached
to the base plate. The other leg can be
supported with a bracket that is raised
above the base plate using a screw and
March 2021 93
nuts to clear lever movement (see our
photos for details).
Alignment
Reproduced from last
month, this shows
our recommended
arrangement for the
solenoids to drive the
wind chimes. The
solenoids press on
levers that pull the
clapper via a string to
strike the associated
tube. A second set
of strings prevents
the clapper from
swinging around and
hitting other tubes
unless the associated
solenoid is energised.
94
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
The frame needs to be aligned correctly to the base plate. This is so that
when the frame is held by the wind
chime attachment hook, the solenoid
levers and strings are positioned correctly, so that the clapper is pulled
along the radial line from the centre of
the clapper to the centre of the chime
tube for each solenoid.
If it is not possible to get this alignment without the frame interfering
with the solenoid drivers, the positioner at the top of the wind chime
may need to be rotated.
Rotating the chime positioner will
effectively twist up the strings at the
attachment hook, so it will not stay
in this rotated position. The solution
is to tie the chime positioner against
the side of the frame. A small hole in
the side of the chime positioner and
another in the frame will allow for a
short length of string or stiff wire to
hold the chime positioner in its rotated position.
Stringing the chime
The pull strings must normally be
loose. These pull the clapper toward
the chime near the end of the lever
travel.
The loose stringing is for two reasons: firstly, the solenoid pulling
force is not particularly strong at the
beginning of its movement from its
resting position, and it is greatest
when it fully pulls in the plunger.
The looseness allows the solenoid
to ‘build up strength’ before it starts
moving the clapper.
The second reason is so that when
one solenoid pulls the clapper in its direction, it is not affected by the strings
becoming taut on the opposite side.
The looseness needs to be a compromise between being tight enough to
be able to pull the clapper against the
chime, and loose enough not to affect
the opposing solenoid pulls.
The strings pass through the clapper holes and back to the lever, and are
secured by passing the string through
the lever hole. An M3 x 6mm screw
and M3 nut can be used to secure the
string in the hole. This more easily
allows fine adjustments compared to
tying a knot.
A refinement to the design is to include catch strings. These catch and
siliconchip.com.au
hold the chime tube, preventing it from
swinging back to re-strike the clapper
after striking the chime tube. Their
lengths are such that they are loose
when the tube sits in its usual position, but is tight enough to prevent it
swinging back and hitting the clapper.
The string ends are held to the base
plate by clamps.
We used polyester string, which becomes unravelled if cut with scissors
or a knife. Instead, the string was cut
to lengths with a hot soldering iron
tip that both cut and welded the string
ends to prevent fraying. We don’t recommend you use your primary, highquality iron to do this, though! You
can also cut the string and then use
a lighter to weld the ends before they
unravel.
Wiring
Use sufficient gauge wire (eg. 19
x 0.1mm strands) or similar for the
larger solenoids, so that voltage drops
will not affect solenoid operation. If
the wire cross-sectional area is too
small, then the solenoids may not
work with longer wire runs back to
the main PCB.
We used a 7mm tube loom to hold
the wires in place and keep the appearance neat. The +12V wires to
each solenoid are connected together
and brought back to terminate into the
positive terminal of CON1 or CON6.
The second wire of each solenoid connects between the solenoid outputs at
CON1-CON6 and the negative terminal
of the solenoid.
After soldering the solenoid wires to
the extension wires, insulate the joints
using electrical tape or heatshrink tubing. When finished, we attached the
wire loom to the top of each solenoid
using cable ties so that it won’t move
around.
The main enclosure housing the
PCB can be located on a timber beam
above the wind chime attachment, or
further away out of sight.
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
Randomness off
Randomness on
Delay varies in 128 steps between 10s and 1280s (21:20)
Delay varies in 64 steps between 10s and 640s (10:40)
Delay varies in 32 steps between 10s and 320s (5:20)
Delay varies in 16 steps between 10s and 160s (2:40)
Delay varies in eight steps between 10s and 80s (1:20)
Delay varies in four steps between 10s and 40s (0:40)
Delay multiplier varies randomly between one and five times actual
Delay multiplier varies randomly between one and three times actual
Delay multiplier varies randomly between one and two times actual
Delay multiplier varies randomly between one and 1.5 times actual
Table 1 – switch actions at power-up
remove the shorting block from JP2
and switch on the power. LED2 should
light, indicating that there is power.
VR2 can then be adjusted to set the
light threshold that switches the Electronic Wind Chime on or off.
With the LDR in normal shaded daylight, place your finger over the LDR
and adjust VR2 so that LED1 (the status
LED) starts flashing at 2Hz. This indicates that playback is paused.
Lifting your finger from the LDR
should result in that LED switching
off. The more clockwise VR2 is adjusted, the darker the light needs to
be to pause playback.
Calibration
The LDR is ignored during calibration and recording. It is only used during playback, and only if JP2 is open.
This is so that calibration and recording are not interrupted by a change in
light level.
Each solenoid can be independently
calibrated for the drive voltage (using
PWM) and for the on-period. These
two parameters are adjusted using VR1
and JP1, as described below.
The 500Hz PWM duty cycle can be
adjusted between about 5% to 100%
in approximately 0.75% steps. This
varies the average voltage between
Fig.6: we cut a
sheet of aluminium
to this shape and
screwed it to the
top of our timber
clapper, to allow
the five strings to
be easily attached.
Setting up
There are several options that need
to be set in the Electronic Wind Chime
controller before you can use it.
LDR adjustments
If you prefer not to have the Wind
Chime paused during darkness, place
a shunt on JP2. In this case, the LDR
does not need to be installed.
But if you do want it to stop at night,
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 95
600mV and 12V in about 90mV steps.
The on-period can be set to between
2ms and 254ms in approximately 2ms
steps. Initially, all solenoids receive
the full 12V drive voltage (100% duty
cycle) for a duration of 254ms.
To initiate calibration, press and
hold the control switch (S13) at power-up. The status LED (LED1) lights for
200ms then flashes off for 200ms and
then on again. This indicates that calibration has been activated.
Press a solenoid switch (S1-S12) to
select which solenoid is to be calibrated. The status LED extinguishes, and
the solenoid drive parameters are now
ready to be adjusted for the chosen solenoid. When JP1 is shorted, the PWM
duty cycle can be adjusted with VR1,
and when JP1 is open, the drive duration (on-period) is adjusted with VR1.
Once you have set JP1 and adjusted
VR1 for the setting you want to make,
press the control switch (S13) to temporarily store that particular parameter. This will also drive the relevant
solenoid, so you can check whether the
setting is correct. If not, readjust VR1
and press S13 again.
If you want another solenoid to have
the same parameter, the switch (S1S12) for that solenoid can be pressed,
and the control switch (S13) pressed
again to store the current parameter
value for that solenoid.
We have also provided a means of
monitoring the current VR1 setting using a multimeter measuring the voltage
between TP1 and TP GND. That makes
it easier to replicate suitable values for
other solenoids.
The status LED (LED1) lights each
time you press the control switch for
the duration of the solenoid drive.
Lower PWM duty cycles will cause the
solenoid to move more slowly. Adjust
the solenoid on-period to allow sufficient time for the solenoid to pull the
clapper against the chime tube, but
short enough for it to pull away before the chime tube returns after being struck.
As mentioned, the solenoid parameters are initially only temporarily
stored. The values will be lost when the
power goes off unless they are stored in
flash memory. This is also done with
the control switch.
While pressing the control switch for
a short period tests the solenoid drive, a
longer press (one second or more) will
store all solenoid parameter values into
the permanent flash memory. LED1 will
light again if the switch is held for one
second or more, to indicate that the values have been written to flash.
To exit the calibration mode, switch
off power. When power is switched on
again, without S13 being pressed, the
Wind Chime Player starts up in playback mode.
You can return to the calibration
mode again by repeating the above procedure, to re-adjust those parameters.
Only the parameters for the selected
solenoid or solenoids will be changed.
Previously stored parameters will remain unchanged unless new parameters are stored for that solenoid.
trol switch, S13, after power-up. The
status LED, LED1, lights and stays lit,
indicating that recording has begun.
You can then press the individual
solenoid switches to activate the solenoids, and it records the sequence you
provide and the pauses in between.
You can close one solenoid at a time.
The PCB includes white screenprinted squares above each switch so
you can write the perceived note using
a fine marker pen. We say the perceived
note because the sound from the chime
comprises many overtones, which may
affect the apparent frequency. It may
also appear to shift in frequency after
initially struck.
The perceived note cannot be easily
measured with a spectrum analyser.
Probably the easiest method is to use
a guitar tuner or similar device and
adjust it until its apparent frequency
matches the chime, then look at what
note you have selected.
For more information on the
perception of sounds from wind
chimes, see www.leehite.org/Chimes.
htm#The%20strike%20note and www.
sarahtulga.com/Glock.htm
During recording, you can play out
a tune if you are musically inclined, or
just some nice sounds that appeal to
you. Short gaps between chime strikes,
these can be waited out in real time
before driving a solenoid for another
chime. Longer intervals may become
tedious to wait out in real time, but we
have a solution to that...
Recording a sequence
Time warp
To make a recording, press the con-
By pressing the control switch for
Here’s the Electronic Wind Chime PCB placed inside the case,
albeit without any cables connected, while at right the front
panel and label are placed.
96
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
longer than one second,
that period stored for the
current pause is multiplied by ten. The status LED flashes at 1Hz
to meter out the time
(one flash is one second
of real time, but ten seconds of delay). Be careful when pressing S13,
since if you press it for
less than one second,
instead of activating the
time warp, it will end the
recording.
After a short press of
the control switch, the
entered sequence will
be written to flash memory, and it will return
to playback mode. If no
solenoid switches were
pressed while in record
mode, the previous recording will remain in
memory.
Playback
SILICON CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
+
Power
+
Wind Chime ePlayer
+
.
-
.
-
12VDC
Input
SILICON CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Wind Chime ePlayer
+
12VDC
Input
At power-up, the Electronic Wind Chime starts
in playback mode. This
plays back the recorded
sequence, repeating it in
a continuous loop. The
initial setting is for no
randomness in the delay
periods between chime
strikes – in other words,
it faithfully reproduces
your recorded sequence.
Adding
randomness
Two front panels designs are provided – one has provision for through-panel switch and LED
As mentioned earlier,
whereas the other panel doesn’t. These can also be downloaded from siliconchip.com.au
you can add randomness to the delay between
If you haven’t already pressed any
chime strikes. This is selected by press- the maximum value selected. The opat power-up, then
ing switch S2 while powering up. Wait tions are 1280s (21:20), 640s (10:40), of these switches
+ Power
for the status LED (LED1) to flash after 320s (5:20), 160s (2:40), 80s (1:20) and the initial setting is with randomness
CHIP
SILICON
off. If randomness is switched on (us40s (0:40).
about one second before releasing S2,www.siliconchip.com.au
These options are selected by hold- ing S2), then the 10s to 1280s (21:20)
indicating that the randomness feature
ing one of switches S3, S4, S5, S6, S7 randomness change rate is selected,
has been enabled.
+
along with the 1-5 times delay 12VDC
range.
The setting is stored in permanent and S8 at power-up – see Table 1.
Note that you can press andInput
hold
You can also change how much varimemory. If you want to switch the randomness off, hold switch S1 at power ation you want in the delays. There are more than one switch at power up
up and wait for the status LED to light four options, selected by holding one to select more than one option at the
of switches S9, S10, S11 or S12 down one time.
before releasing it.
For example, you could switch ranThere are two randomness param- at power-up.
The delay multiplier varies random- domness on (with S2), set the randometers that can be adjusted. One is the
ly between one and the maximum value ness change rate at up to 320s with S5,
rate; how often the random value
changes. This can be set to six differ- selected. S9 selects a range of 1-5 times, and the randomness variation to beent values. The randomness changes S10 1-3 times, S11 1-2 times and S12 tween one and three times with S10,
at an interval between ten seconds and 1-1.5 times variation (also see Table 1). all at the same time.
+
Wind Chime ePlayer
.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 97
SILICON
CHIP
.com.au/shop
ONLINESHOP
HOW TO ORDER
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5:00 AET, Mon-Fri)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
PO Box 139, COLLAROY, NSW 2097
(02) 9939 3295, +612 for international
You can also pay by cheque/money order (Orders by mail only) or bank transfer. Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip.
03/21
YES! You can also order or renew your Silicon Chip subscription via any of these methods as well!
The best benefit, apart from the magazine? Subscribers get a 10% discount on all orders for parts.
PRE-PROGRAMMED MICROS
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/9
$10 MICROS
ATmega328P
ATmega328P-AUR
ATtiny85V-10PU
ATtiny816
PIC10F202-E/OT
PIC12F1572-I/SN
PIC12F617-I/P
PIC12F675-I/P
PIC12F675-I/SN
PIC16F1455-I/P
PIC16F1455-I/SL
PIC16F1459-I/P
PIC16F1507-I/P
PIC16F1705-I/P
PIC16F88-E/P
PIC16F88-I/P
$15 MICROS
RF Signal Generator (Jun19)
PIC16F1459-I/SO Four-Channel DC Fan & Pump Controller (Dec18)
RGB Stackable LED Christmas Star (Nov20)
PIC16F877A-I/P
6-Digit GPS Clock (May09), 16-bit Digital Pot (Jul10), Semtest (Feb12)
Shirt Pocket Audio Oscillator (Sep20)
PIC32MM0256GPM028-I/SS Super Digital Sound Effects (Aug18)
ATtiny816 Development/Breakout Board (Jan19)
PIC32MX170F256D-501P/T 44-pin Micromite Mk2 (Aug14), 4DoF Simulation Seat (Sep19)
Ultrabrite LED Driver (with free TC6502P095VCT IC, Sep19)
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SP Micromite LCD BackPack V1-V3 (Feb16 / May17 / Aug19)
Touchscreen Voltage / Current Ref. (Oct16), Deluxe eFuse (Aug17)
LED Christmas Ornaments (Nov20; specify variant)
Micromite DDS for IF Alignment (Sep17), Tariff Clock (Jul18)
Temperature Switch Mk2 (Jun18), Recurring Event Reminder (Jul18)
GPS-Synched Frequency Reference (Nov18), Air Quality Monitor (Feb20)
Door Alarm (Aug18), Steam Whistle (Sep18), White Noise (Sep18)
RCL Box (Jun20), Digital Lighting Controller Micromite Master (Nov20)
Trailing Edge Dimmer (Feb19), Steering Wheel to IR Adaptor (Jun19)
PIC32MX170F256B-I/SO
Battery Multi Logger (Feb21)
Car Radio Dimmer (Aug19), MiniHeart Heartbeat Simulator (Jan21)
PIC32MX270F256B-50I/SP ASCII Video Terminal (Jul14), USB M&K Adaptor (Feb19)
Motor Speed Controller (Mar18), Heater Controller (Apr18)
Useless Box IC3 (Dec18)
PIC32MX795F512H-80I/PT Maximite (Mar11), miniMaximite (Nov11), Colour Maximite
(Sep12), Touchscreen Audio Recorder (Jun14)
Tiny LED Xmas Tree (Nov19)
$20 MICROS
Microbridge (May17), USB Flexitimer (June18)
Digital Interface Module (Nov18), GPS Finesaver (Jun19)
dsPIC33FJ64MC802-E/SP 1.5kW Induction Motor Speed Controller (Aug13)
Digital Lighting Controller LED Slave (Dec20)
dsPIC33FJ128GP306-I/PT CLASSiC DAC (Feb13)
Ol’ Timer II (Jul20), Battery Multi Logger (Feb21)
dsPIC33FJ128GP802-I/SP Digital Audio Delay (Dec11), Quizzical (Oct11)
5-Way LCD Panel Meter (Nov19), IR Remote Control Assistant (Jul20)
Ultra-LD Preamp (Nov11), LED Musicolour (Oct12)
Ultrasonic Cleaner (Sep20), Electronic Wind Chime (Feb21)
PIC32MX470F512H-I/PT
Stereo Echo/Reverb (Feb 14), Digital Effects Unit (Oct14)
Wideband Oxygen Sensor (Jun-Jul12)
PIC32MX470F512H-120/PT Micromite Explore 64 (Aug 16), Micromite Plus (Nov16)
Flexible Digital Lighting Controller Slave (Oct20)
PIC32MX470F512L-120/PT Micromite Explore 100 (Sep16)
Auto Headlight Controller (Oct13), Motor Speed Controller (Feb14)
$30 MICROS
Automotive Sensor Modifier (Dec16)
PIC32MX695F512L-80I/PF Colour MaxiMite (Sep12)
Remote-controlled Preamp with Tone Control (Mar19)
PIC32MZ2048EFH064-I/PT DSP Crossover/Equaliser (May19), Low-Distortion DDS (Feb20)
UHF Repeater (May19), Six Input Audio Selector (Sep19)
DIY Reflow Oven Controller (Apr20)
Universal Battery Charge Controller (Dec19)
KITS, SPECIALISED COMPONENTS ETC
MINI ISOLATED SERIAL LINK COMPLETE KIT (CAT SC5750)
(MAR 21)
$10.00
All parts required to build the project including the PCB
MINIHEART HEARTBEAT SIMULATOR (CAT SC5732)
(JAN 21)
All SMD parts, including IC2 – does not include PCB
AM/FM/SW RADIO
$5.00
(JAN 21)
$2.50
$3.00
$7.50
- PCB-mount right-angle SMA socket (SC4918)
- Pulse-type rotary encoder with integral pushbutton (SC5601)
- 16x2 LCD module (does not use I2C module) (SC4198)
LED CHRISTMAS ORNAMENTS (CAT SC5579)
(NOV 20)
Complete kit including micro but no coin cell (specify PCB shape & colour)
RGB STACKABLE LED CHRISTMAS STAR (CAT SC5525)
$38.50
Complete kit including PCB, micro, diffused RGB LEDs and other parts
FLEXIBLE DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLLER PARTS
$14.00
(NOV 20)
(OCT 20)
4 x Si8751AB ICs, 8 x S1HB15N60E-GE3 Mosfets, switchmode converter module,
6N137 opto, high-voltage resistors and capacitors plus SMD LEDs.
$100.00
D1 MINI LCD WIFI BACKPACK KIT
(OCT 20)
Complete kit including 3.5-inch touchscreen, PCB and ESP8266-based module
SHIRT POCKET AUDIO OSCILLATOR
$70.00
(SEP 20)
Kit: including 3D-printed case, and everything else except the battery and wiring $40.00
- 64x32 pixel white OLED (0.49-inch/12.5mm diagonal)
$10.00
- Pulse-type rotary encoder with integral pushbutton
$3.00
COLOUR MAXIMITE 2
(JUL 20)
Short form kit: includes everything except the case, CPU module, power supply,
optional parts and cables (Cat SC5478)
$80.00
Short Form kit (with CPU module): includes the programmed Waveshare CPU
modue and everything included in the short form kit above (Cat SC5508)
$140.00
MICROMITE LCD BACKPACK V3 KIT (CAT SC5082)
(AUG 19)
Includes PCB, programmed micros, 3.5in touchscreen LCD, UB3 lid, mounting hardware,
Mosfets for PWM backlight control and all other mandatory on-board parts
$75.00
Separate/Optional Components:
- 3.5-inch TFT LCD touchscreen (Cat SC5062)
$30.00
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
- DHT22 temp/humidity sensor (Cat SC4150)
- BMP180 (Cat SC4343) OR BMP280 (Cat SC4595) temp/pressure sensor
- BME280 temperature/pressure/humidity sensor (Cat SC4608)
- DS3231 real-time clock SOIC-16 IC (Cat SC5103)
- 23LC1024 1MB RAM (SOIC-8) (Cat SC5104)
- AT25SF041 512KB flash (SOIC-8) (Cat SC5105)
- 10µF 16V X7R through-hole capacitor (Cat SC5106)
$7.50
$5.00
$10.00
$3.00
$5.00
$1.50
$2.00
VARIOUS MODULES & PARTS
- CP2102 USB-UART bridge
$5.00
- 15mW 3W SMD resistor (Battery Multi Logger / Arduino PSU, Feb21)
$2.50
- DS3231(M) real-time clock SMD IC (Battery Multi Logger, Feb21)
$3.00
- MCP4251-502E/P (Arduino Power Supply, Feb21)
$3.00
- Pair of CSD18534 (Electronic Wind Chimes, Feb21)
$6.00
- IPP80P03P4L04 (Dual Battery Lifesaver / Vintage Radio Supply, Dec20)
$5.00
- 16x2 LCD module (Digital RF Power Meter, Aug20)
$7.50
- WS2812 8x8 RGB LED matrix module (Ol’ Timer II, Jul20)
$15.00
- MAX038 function generator IC (H-Field Transanalyser, May20)
$25.00
- MC1496P double-balanced mixer (H-Field Transanalyser, May20)
$2.50
- AD8495 thermocouple interface (DIY Reflow Oven Controller, Apr20)
$10.00
- Si8751AB 2.5kV isolated Mosfet driver IC (Charge Controller, Dec19)
$5.00
- I/O expander modules (Nov19):
PCA9685 – $6.00 ¦ PCF8574 – $3.00 ¦ MCP23017 – $3.00
- SMD 1206 LEDs, packets of 10 unless stated otherwise (Xmas Ornaments, Nov20):
yellow – $0.70 ¦ amber – $0.70 ¦ blue – $0.70 ¦ cyan – $1.00 ¦ pink (1 only) – $0.20
- ISD1820-based voice recorder / playback module (Junk Mail, Aug19)
$4.00
- 23LCV1024-I/P SRAM & MCP73831T (UHF Repeater, May19)
$11.50
- MCP1700 3.3V LDO regulator (suitable for USB M&K Adapator, Feb19)
$1.50
- LM4865MX amplifier & LF50CV regulator (Tinnitus/Insomnia Killer, Nov18) $10.00
- 2.8-inch touchscreen LCD module with SD card socket (Tide Clock, Jul18)
$22.50
- ESP-01 WiFi Module (El Cheapo Modules, Apr18)
$5.00
- WiFi Antennas with U.FL/IPX connectors (Water Tank Level Meter with WiFi, Feb18):
5dBi – $12.50 ¦ 2dBi (omnidirectional) – $10.00
- NRF24L01+PA+NA transceiver, SNA connector & antenna (El Cheapo, Jan18) $5.00
- WeMos D1 Arduino-compatible boards with WiFi (Sep17, Feb18):
ThingSpeak data logger – $10.00 | D1 R2 with external antenna socket – $15.00
- ERA-2SM+ MMIC & ADCH-80A+ choke (6GHz+ Frequency Counter, Oct17) $15.00
- DS3231 real-time clock module with mounting hardware (El Cheapo, Oct16) $5.00
*Prices valid for month of magazine issue only. All prices in Australian dollars and include GST where applicable.
# P&P prices are within Australia. Overseas? Place an order on our website for a quote.
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS & CASE PIECES
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
THEREMIN
PROPORTIONAL FAN SPEED CONTROLLER
WATER TANK LEVEL METER (INC. HEADERS)
10-LED BARAGRAPH
↳ SIGNAL PROCESSING
FULL-WAVE MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER
VINTAGE TV A/V MODULATOR
AM RADIO TRANSMITTER
HEATER CONTROLLER
DELUXE FREQUENCY SWITCH
USB PORT PROTECTOR
2 x 12V BATTERY BALANCER
USB FLEXITIMER
WIDE-RANGE LC METER (INC. HEADERS)
↳ WITHOUT HEADERS
↳ CASE PIECES (CLEAR)
TEMPERATURE SWITCH MK2
LiFePO4 UPS CONTROL SHIELD
RASPBERRY PI TOUCHSCREEN ADAPTOR
RECURRING EVENT REMINDER
BRAINWAVE MONITOR (EEG)
SUPER DIGITAL SOUND EFFECTS
DOOR ALARM
STEAM WHISTLE / DIESEL HORN
DCC PROGRAMMER (INC. HEADERS)
↳ WITHOUT HEADERS
OPTO-ISOLATED RELAY (INC. EXT. BOARDS)
GPS-SYNCHED FREQUENCY REFERENCE
LED CHRISTMAS TREE
DIGITAL INTERFACE MODULE
TINNITUS/INSOMNIA KILLER (JAYCAR VERSION)
↳ ALTRONICS VERSION
HIGH-SENSITIVITY MAGNETOMETER
USELESS BOX
FOUR-CHANNEL DC FAN & PUMP CONTROLLER
ATtiny816 DEVELOPMENT/BREAKOUT PCB
ISOLATED SERIAL LINK
DAB+/FM/AM RADIO
↳ CASE PIECES (CLEAR)
REMOTE CONTROL DIMMER MAIN PCB
↳ MOUNTING PLATE
↳ EXTENSION PCB
MOTION SENSING SWITCH (SMD) PCB
USB MOUSE AND KEYBOARD ADAPTOR PCB
LOW-NOISE STEREO PREAMP MAIN PCB
↳ INPUT SELECTOR PCB
↳ PUSHBUTTON PCB
DIODE CURVE PLOTTER
↳ UB3 LID (MATTE BLACK)
FLIP-DOT (SET OF ALL FOUR PCBs)
↳ COIL PCB
↳ PIXEL PCB (16 PIXELS)
↳ FRAME PCB (8 FRAMES)
↳ DRIVER PCB
iCESTICK VGA ADAPTOR
UHF DATA REPEATER
AMPLIFIER BRIDGE ADAPTOR
3.5-INCH LCD ADAPTOR FOR ARDUINO
DSP CROSSOVER (ALL PCBs – TWO DACs)
↳ ADC PCB
↳ DAC PCB
↳ CPU PCB
↳ PSU PCB
↳ CONTROL PCB
↳ LCD ADAPTOR
STEERING WHEEL CONTROL IR ADAPTOR
GPS SPEEDO/CLOCK/VOLUME CONTROL
↳ CASE PIECES (MATTE BLACK)
RF SIGNAL GENERATOR
RASPBERRY PI SPEECH SYNTHESIS/AUDIO
BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL PCB
↳ MOSFET PCB (2oz)
MICROMITE LCD BACKPACK V3
DATE
JAN18
JAN18
FEB18
FEB18
FEB18
MAR18
MAR18
MAR18
APR18
MAY18
MAY18
MAY18
JUN18
JUN18
JUN18
JUN18
JUN18
JUN18
JUL18
JUL18
AUG18
AUG18
AUG18
SEP18
OCT18
OCT18
OCT18
NOV18
NOV18
NOV18
NOV18
NOV18
DEC18
DEC18
DEC18
JAN19
JAN19
JAN19
JAN19
FEB19
FEB19
FEB19
FEB19
FEB19
MAR19
MAR19
MAR19
MAR19
MAR19
APR19
APR19
APR19
APR19
APR19
APR19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
JUN19
JUN19
JUN19
JUN19
JUL19
JUL19
JUL19
AUG19
PCB CODE
23112171
05111171
21110171
04101181
04101182
10102181
02104181
06101181
10104181
05104181
07105181
14106181
19106181
SC4618
04106181
SC4609
05105181
11106181
24108181
19107181
25107181
01107181
03107181
09106181
SC4716
09107181
10107181/2
04107181
16107181
16107182
01110181
01110182
04101011
08111181
05108181
24110181
24107181
06112181
SC4849
10111191
10111192
10111193
05102191
24311181
01111119
01111112
01111113
04112181
SC4927
SC4950
19111181
19111182
19111183
19111184
02103191
15004191
01105191
24111181
SC5023
01106191
01106192
01106193
01106194
01106195
01106196
05105191
01104191
SC4987
04106191
01106191
05106191
05106192
07106191
Price
$12.50
$2.50
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$10.00
$7.50
$7.50
$10.00
$7.50
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$7.50
$7.50
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$12.50
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$15.00
$.00
$10.00
$10.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$25.00
$15.00
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$17.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$10.00
$5.00
$5.00
$40.00
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$10.00
$15.00
$5.00
$7.50
$10.00
$7.50
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/8
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
CAR RADIO DIMMER ADAPTOR
PSEUDO-RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR
4DoF SIMULATION SEAT CONTROLLER PCB
↳ HIGH-CURRENT H-BRIDGE MOTOR DRIVER
MICROMITE EXPLORE-28 (4-LAYERS)
SIX INPUT AUDIO SELECTOR MAIN PCB
↳ PUSHBUTTON PCB
ULTRABRITE LED DRIVER
HIGH RESOLUTION AUDIO MILLIVOLTMETER
PRECISION AUDIO SIGNAL AMPLIFIER
SUPER-9 FM RADIO PCB SET
↳ CASE PIECES & DIAL
TINY LED XMAS TREE (GREEN/RED/WHITE)
HIGH POWER LINEAR BENCH SUPPLY
↳ HEATSINK SPACER (BLACK)
DIGITAL PANEL METER / USB DISPLAY
↳ ACRYLIC BEZEL (BLACK)
UNIVERSAL BATTERY CHARGE CONTROLLER
BOOKSHELF SPEAKER PASSIVE CROSSOVER
↳ SUBWOOFER ACTIVE CROSSOVER
ARDUINO DCC BASE STATION
NUTUBE VALVE PREAMPLIFIER
TUNEABLE HF PREAMPLIFIER
4G REMOTE MONITORING STATION
LOW-DISTORTION DDS (SET OF 5 BOARDS)
NUTUBE GUITAR DISTORTION / OVERDRIVE PEDAL
THERMAL REGULATOR INTERFACE SHIELD
↳ PELTIER DRIVER SHIELD
DIY REFLOW OVEN CONTROLLER (SET OF 3 PCBS)
7-BAND MONO EQUALISER
↳ STEREO EQUALISER
REFERENCE SIGNAL DISTRIBUTOR
H-FIELD TRANSANALYSER
CAR ALTIMETER
RCL BOX RESISTOR BOARD
↳ CAPACITOR / INDUCTOR BOARD
ROADIES’ TEST GENERATOR SMD VERSION
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
COLOUR MAXIMITE 2 PCB (BLUE)
↳ FRONT & REAR PANELS (BLACK)
OL’ TIMER II PCB (RED, BLUE OR BLACK)
↳ ACRYLIC CASE PIECES / SPACER (BLACK)
IR REMOTE CONTROL ASSISTANT PCB (JAYCAR)
↳ ALTRONICS VERSION
USB SUPERCODEC
↳ BALANCED ATTENUATOR
SWITCHMODE 78XX REPLACEMENT
WIDEBAND DIGITAL RF POWER METER
ULTRASONIC CLEANER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL
NIGHT KEEPER LIGHTHOUSE
SHIRT POCKET AUDIO OSCILLATOR
↳ 8-PIN ATtiny PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
D1 MINI LCD WIFI BACKPACK
FLEXIBLE DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLLER SLAVE
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
LED XMAS ORNAMENTS
30 LED STACKABLE STAR
↳ RGB VERSION (BLACK)
DIGITAL LIGHTING MICROMITE MASTER
↳ CP2102 ADAPTOR
BATTERY VINTAGE RADIO POWER SUPPLY
DUAL BATTERY LIFESAVER
DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLLER LED SLAVE
AM/FM/SW RADIO
MINIHEART HEARTBEAT SIMULATOR
I’M BUSY GO AWAY (DOOR WARNING)
BATTERY MULTI LOGGER
ELECTRONIC WIND CHIMES
ARDUINO 0-14V POWER SUPPLY SHIELD
DATE
AUG19
AUG19
SEP19
SEP19
SEP19
SEP19
SEP19
SEP19
OCT19
OCT19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
DEC19
JAN20
JAN20
JAN20
JAN20
JAN20
FEB20
FEB20
MAR20
MAR20
MAR20
APR20
APR20
APR20
APR20
MAY20
MAY20
JUN20
JUN20
JUN20
JUN20
JUL20
JUL20
JUL20
JUL20
JUL20
JUL20
AUG20
NOV20
AUG20
AUG20
SEP20
SEP20
SEP20
SEP20
SEP20
OCT20
OCT20
OCT20
NOV20
NOV20
NOV20
NOV20
NOV20
DEC20
DEC20
DEC20
JAN21
JAN21
JAN21
FEB21
FEB21
FEB21
PCB CODE
05107191
16106191
11109191
11109192
07108191
01110191
01110192
16109191
04108191
04107191
06109181-5
SC5166
16111191
18111181
SC5168
18111182
SC5167
14107191
01101201
01101202
09207181
01112191
06110191
27111191
01106192-6
01102201
21109181
21109182
01106193/5/6
01104201
01104202
CSE200103
06102201
05105201
04104201
04104202
01005201
01005202
07107201
SC5500
19104201
SC5448
15005201
15005202
01106201
01106202
18105201
04106201
04105201
04105202
08110201
01110201
01110202
24106121
16110202
16110203
16111191-9
16109201
16109202
16110201
16110204
11111201
11111202
16110205
CSE200902A
01109201
16112201
11106201
23011201
18106201
Price
$5.00
$5.00
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
$10.00
$5.00
$25.00
$25.00
$2.50
$10.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$10.00
$10.00
$7.50
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$20.00
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$12.50
$7.50
$7.50
$7.50
$10.00
$5.00
$7.50
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$10.00
$10.00
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$12.50
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$1.50
$5.00
$20.00
$20.00
$3.00
$12.50
$12.50
$5.00
$2.50
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$10.00
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$10.00
$5.00
MAR21
MAR21
14102211
24102211
$12.50
$2.50
NEW PCBs
HIGH-CURRENT BATTERY BALANCER (4-LAYERS)
MINI ISOLATED SERIAL LINK
We also sell an A2 Reactance Wallchart, RTV&H DVD, Vintage Radio DVD plus various books at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3
Vintage Radio
Kriesler’s
Kriesler’s 41-21
41-21 mantel/portable
mantel/portable set
set
By Ian Batty
Electrically, the set is also somewhat
interesting. It uses a reflexed second
intermediate frequency (IF) amplifier,
with that transistor also acting as an
audio preamp. The design is similar
to the Philips MT4 that I described in
September 2017 (siliconchip.com.au/
Article/10806).
Like that set, the reflexed stage
needs carefully-managed signal levels, so the 41-21 has a two-gang volume control potentiometer. More on
that later.
So despite its dial drive, it’s an Australian set worth an article.
First appearances
The Kriesler "Triplex" 41-21 is an all-transistor,
battery-powered radio which uses reflexing.
It was produced in the late 50s/early 60s and
was sold with a plastic case that came in one of
three colours (pink, brown or red).
Engineers are a chummy lot. During my Air Force days, I encountered
a variety of engineering types needed
to keep an aircraft flying: mechanical
engineers for the engines, airframes
and controls, electrical engineers for
the electrical systems and controls,
electronics engineers for the radio,
radar navigation and instrument systems, and commerce types for supplying all the parts needed.
But when I took a look at the Kriesler
41-21 (manufactured from 1959 to
1961), I started wondering whether the
100
Silicon Chip
mechanical engineering folks at Kreisler were ‘in dispute’ with the electronics engineer cohort.
Surely no-one could have come up
with the labyrinthine dial drive in
this otherwise fine set unless they had
some axe to grind. Yes, I get that it’s a
way of accommodating a 130mm long
dial with a 41mm diameter drum on
the tuning gang, when an 82mm diameter drum would otherwise be needed.
But I would have put in a 2:1 gear set
to the drum and simplified the rest of
the arrangement.
Australia’s electronics magazine
The curved, rippled front with its
coloured inset and black case rear is
a pleasing alternative to the “square
black box” so often resorted to in the
late 50s/early 60s.
The “slide rule” dial is some 130mm
long; plenty of space to list all the stations of the day. The side-mounted
volume control is placed for easy adjustment. The separate on/off switch
eases the load on the volume control;
ie, it doesn’t need to be rotated every
time you turn the set on or off, giving
a longer trouble-free life.
Circuit details
The set’s circuit is shown in Fig.1.
The main difference between the 4121 and the identically-cased 41-21A is
the 21A’s use of a single-tuned third
IF transformer.
All transistors are Philips/Mullard
“OC” series germanium PNPs, with a
negative power supply (ie, positive
ground).
Ferrite rod L2 is tuned by the antenna section of the tuning gang, C3A. A
low-impedance secondary matches to
the base of the converter via capacitor
C2, in parallel with 2.2kW resistor R1
(the bottom half of the converter’s bias
divider). C2 is there to overcome the
resistance of R1 at radio frequencies
siliconchip.com.au
and deliver full signal to the converter.
The ferrite rod also provides a primary for connection to an external
antenna and Earth. L1 (100µH) helps
to match the capacitance of an electrically-short wire antenna to L2’s tuned
secondary. Kriesler’s original circuit
correctly describes L1 as a compensating coil. It isn’t there for interference
suppression.
L1 is wound using its parallel 3.9kW
resistor as a former. This resistor
dampens the L1/antenna resonance.
Converter TR1, an OC44, uses selfexcitation and emitter injection with
feedback from collector to emitter via
oscillator coil L3 and 10nF capacitor
C4. This allows signal injection directly to the base for testing. As usual, the
base-emitter bias voltage is lower than
you’d expect, as the converter needs
to operate closer to Class-B than the
normal Class-A used in the IF and first
audio stages.
Class-B operation allows the converter to go into cutoff over part of the
local oscillator’s (LO) waveform, ensuring the non-linearity vital to converter action.
You may wonder at TR1’s emitter
and base voltages of 1.15V and 0.75V,
with the emitter higher than the base.
This makes it seem as though TR1’s
base-emitter is reverse-biased and
would never conduct. This would
be the case for a Class-A amplifier,
but TR1 works as an oscillator, and I
measured a signal of around 6V peakto-peak at the emitter.
TR1 repeatedly swings in and out
of conduction due to the oscillator’s
excursions, creating the non-linearity needed for conversion. I measured
values of 0.75V and 0.94V respectively when the LO was stopped. For this
set, LO operation can be confirmed by
circuit measurement. It’s not a wholly
reliable test though, and my preference
is always to use the radiation test first.
Tuning
The 41-21’s tuning gang uses identical sections, so 480pF padder capacitor C6 restricts the LO’s frequency swing and ensures that it’s kept
455kHz above the incoming signal.
The converter’s 455kHz signal is developed across the tuned, tapped primary of first IF transformer IFT1. Its
tapped, tuned secondary feeds first IF
amplifier TR2, an OC45.
TR2’s significant collector-base capacitance demands neutralisation,
siliconchip.com.au
The Kriesler 41-21 with the case open shows the double-sided PCB and 5-inch
Magnavox speaker. The in-built ferrite rod is hidden behind a cover at the top of
the case.
and this is done on the circuit board,
with traces from the collector and base
passing by each other. There’s no actual connection, but their proximity is
engineered to provide 4pF of capacitance (C12). Neat. (See photo Fig.2).
As usual with first IF amplifiers,
TR2’s upper bias resistor, R5, is high in
value at 150kW. This allows the AGC
voltage developed by demodulator diode D2 to be fed back via 10kW resistor
R7 to reduce TR2’s collector current
with increasing signal strength, thus
reducing its gain.
Stage bypassing (C11, C14) is di-
rectly back to the emitter rather than
to ground, saving on emitter resistor
R8’s customary bypass capacitor and
giving improved bypassing.
Extended AGC action
2.7kW dropping resistor R9 works
in combination with R6 and D1 to
provide extended AGC action. With
no AGC applied, TR2’s collector voltage is around 6.1V. Although OA70
diode D1 and its series 3.9kW resistor
R6 connect to the input of the first IF
transformer, they have no effect with
weak signals as D1 is reverse-biased.
A close-up of the dial and the latch for the case.
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 101
As signal strength increases and
TR2’s DC collector voltage rises towards 6.8V, D1’s cathode becomes
more negative, and it eventually comes
into conduction. At this point, the signal at the first IF transformer’s input is
partly shunted to AC ground, reducing
the converter stage gain.
This extends the AGC’s control
range from the approximate 30dB increase in signal input achieved with
AGC on the first IF amplifier alone, to
as much as 60dB.
TR2 feeds the tuned, tapped primary of second IF transformer IFT2. Its
untuned, untapped secondary feeds
the base of the second IF amplifier,
TR3 (OC44).
Why use the premium OC44 where
you’d expect to find the lower-spec
OC45? The answer is gain. The OC45’s
hFE is 50~125, while the OC44 offers
an improved range of 100~225. This
should be advantageous to the audio
function of this reflexed stage.
Reflexing
As mentioned earlier, the stage
around TR3 is reflexed, amplifying
both the 455kHz IF signal and the demodulated audio signals. The IF section follows common design practice.
Like the first IF amplifier, this stage employs printed circuit tracks to provide
neutralising capacitance (C16, 3pF).
TR3 feeds the tuned, tapped primary of third IF transformer IFT3 and its
tuned, tapped secondary feeds OA79
demodulator diode D2. The 41-21A
set uses a single-tuned transformer
(tuned, tapped primary, untuned, untapped secondary) for IFT3.
D2’s output is applied, via R19, to
the top of volume control R16’s first
section. Confusingly, it’s labelled
R16B. The DC component is fed, as
the AGC voltage, via R7 to AGC filter
capacitor C9 and then to first IF amplifier TR2’s base.
R16B’s wiper feeds audio, via C20
and R13, to the base of the reflexed
IF amplifier, TR3. Now, as an audio
amplifier, TR3’s emitter needs to be
bypassed for audio by 33µF capacitor C17 (in the original schematic this
was 32µF).
So why use a dual-gang volume
pot? TR3 has a difficult job: it must
amplify millivolt-level IF signals and
much higher level audio signals without interaction.
Recalling that valve reflexes were
bedevilled by cross-modulation and
102
Silicon Chip
Fig.1: The original Kriesler 41-21 schematic shows capacitors C21/23 in reverse
polarity, and neutralising capacitor C16 should connect directly to the base of
TR3, both have been fixed here. On some sets R12 is not fitted; if IF regeneration
occurs, it's best to fit this R12 as shown. Similarly, an extra OA79 diode was
fitted across the oscillator coil (L3), with its cathode to the collector.
minimum volume problems, Kriesler’s
designers have restricted the maximum possible IF signal (via the AGC
system) and audio signal (by R16B) to
ensure TR3’s correct operation at audio and IF signal frequencies.
Audio stages
Amplified audio is developed across
1.5kW collector load R15, and fed via
C21 to the second section of the volume control, R16A. Audio stage gain
is around 5.5 times, which might seem
poor. But it’s in line with other similar
circuits: the Bush TR82C’s first audio
stage (TR4 on that circuit) delivers a
gain of just 5.0 times.
R16A’s moving contact feeds audio,
via C23, to the base of audio driver
TR4. This is an OC75, a higher-performing version of the OC70/71 types
with a higher hFE (current gain) of
90~130 compared to 20~40 and 30~75
respectively. The manufacturer’s diagram for this set has the symbols for
C21 and C23 mistakenly reversed. My
redrawn diagram fixes this.
TR4 drives the primary of phasesplitter transformer T1, with its secondary matching anti-phase signals
into the low base impedances of the
two output transistors, TR5 and TR6.
TR4 gets audio feedback from the
speaker via R32 (47kW), while R24
(560W) and C29 (22nF) apply top-cut.
In common with transformer-coupled
Australia’s electronics magazine
stages, TR4 delivers a volt of signal
into T1’s high-impedance primary for
a stage gain of around 50. As T1 is a
step-down transformer, the signal applied to the bases of TR5 and TR6 is
considerably lower.
TR5/6, both OC74s, operate in ClassB, with bias provided by the divider
R25-27. R27, a CZ9A thermistor, acts to
reduce the applied bias at higher temperatures, compensating for the natural fall in base-emitter voltage needed
for a particular collector current as
transistor junction temperature rises.
10W emitter resistors R29/R30 help
equalise gains between TR5 and TR6,
as well as providing some local negative feedback. The output transistor
collectors drive output transformer T2,
which matches them to the speaker.
There’s another top-cut network across
its primary, comprising 100nF capacitor C31 and 330W resistor R31.
Disaster awaits
The manufacturer’s diagram shows
the output stage’s bias divider with a
single adjustable resistor between the
decoupled battery supply (at C28) and
the output bases. What if you accidentally set this resistor to its minimum
value? You’ll be attempting to apply
many volts to the output bases. Expect
them to draw massive collector current
and possibly to suffer overheating and
destruction.
siliconchip.com.au
I have a suggested modification below to solve this. Maybe the bloke who
designed the dial drive also did this
part of the circuit.
Clean-up
My sample was in good physical
condition, with no cracks in the case.
It just needed a bit of polish to bring it
back to a reasonable condition.
Mechanically, though, it had a broken/missing dial cord. Cue Lalo Shifrin music: “Your mission, should you
choose to accept it...”
In addition to the dial problem, I
found it extremely noisy with the volume control wound up; less so at low/
zero volume.
Contact cleaner on the volume control helped a bit, but I eventually traced
the fault to capacitor C8. This 50nF
green ceramic capacitor was acting like
an erratic partial short circuit. Converter TR1’s collector voltage would
crash down by as much as a volt, then
recover, then drop by maybe half a
volt, and so on.
Leaky caps usually soak up a fairly constant amount of current; this
was the first that I’ve seen like this. I
thought of replacing it and all the others with greencaps to eliminate possible future recurrences. But that dial
drive was lurking in the background,
and I was wondering how I could make
up those drive pulleys.
About this time, I attended the
HRSA RadioFest in Canberra. I was
griping about this set when another
member said he might have one among
siliconchip.com.au
the boxes of transistor sets he was getting rid of (he was ‘downsizing’).
Bingo! It was the 41-21 version
(double-tuned third IF), but otherwise
identical, and with a functional dial
drive. A simple cabinet swap gave
me the set in this article: a good cabinet with a working dial mechanism.
It was the classic case of “collect two,
get one good”.
The only bother was the original wire trimmer, which insisted on
tuning to above 1700kHz. It’s easy
to remove the tinned wire from the
ceramic former but harder to add to
it. I popped a Philips “beehive” into
its place.
That dial drive mechanism
Kevin Chant’s website has the dial
cord diagrams (www.kevinchant.com/
kriesler2.html). It has three assemblies: the securing loop (top), the pulley cord driving the gang’s drum, and
the station scale cord (bottom).
I’ll leave you to download it and
try to work out how to fix it if your
set has a broken dial cord. The one
I started on had nothing but the dial
drum, pointer and driveshaft remaining. You also need two floating pulleys
to complete the job.
How good is it?
It’s good without being great. The
reflexed audio stage helps it produce 50mW output for 150µV/m at
600kHz or 120µV/m at 1400kHz,
with noise figures of 11dB and 12dB
respectively.
Fig.2: TR2 needs
neutralisation,
which is done on
the circuit board
via parallel traces
from the collector
and base of TR2.
This provides
approximately
4pF of
capacitance.
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 103
For the standard signal-to-noise ratio of 20dB, the required signal figures
are 370µV/m at 600kHz and 225µV/m
at 1400kHz. RF bandwidth is ±0.95kHz
(-3dB) or ±23.7kHz (-60dB). AGC
works reasonably well, with a 35dB
signal increase giving a +6dB rise in
output.
Its audio response is 95~1200Hz
from the antenna to speaker and
170~7000Hz from volume control to
speaker, with a 2dB rise around 1kHz.
Maximum output is around 130mW
for 10% total harmonic distortion
(THD). At 50mW, THD is 4.2%;
at 10mW it’s 2.5%. At half battery, the maximum audio output
is 25mW at clipping, and 20mW
output gives 6% THD.
41-21 versions
As noted above, the significant
change from the 41-21 to the 41-21A
was the substitution of single-tuned
third IF transformer IFT3.
There was one minor change:
IFT3 retained a tuned, taped primary, but was fitted with an untuned, untapped secondary, simplifying the circuit and making alignment easier.
The service manual also
hinted at a 41-21B version which used a new dial
drive mechanism, although
no other information could
be found on whether this set
ended up being manufactured.
Special handling
Be very careful when adjusting the output stage bias. As
noted above, the design contains a potentially catastrophic
mistake: with only R25 in the
“hot” end of the output stage’s
bias divider, it’s possible to apply almost the full 9V to the
bases of TR5/TR6.
I have modified the review set with
a 3.3kW series resistor. This allows
plenty of adjustment without the danger of frying the output transistors.
Conclusion
I like the way this set looks, and
it has good performance with just
enough circuit quirks to make it interesting, without baffling us poor electronics engineers.
While I would not buy one with the
dial cord apparatus missing, “your
mileage may vary”. Hopefully, the de104
Silicon Chip
Even though they've used a double-sided PCB, the radio still has an ample
amount of wiring, along with a number of unused holes.
scription above will be of use if you
do take the plunge.
Thanks to Jim Greig of the HRSA for
the loan of his set, and Charles McLurcan (also of the HRSA) for a set with the
dial cord assembly intact. Not a member of the HRSA? Go to: http://hrsa1.
com to see how we can help you with
our exciting radio hobby.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Further Reading
For the circuit and service notes,
see Kevin Chant’s fine website: www.
kevinchant.com The service notes
contain the cording diagram with dimensions. This model in particular
can be found at: www.kevinchant.
com/uploads/7/1/0/8/7108231/41-21.
pdf
SC
siliconchip.com.au
WHAT DO YOU WANT?
PRINT? OR DIGITAL?
RY 2021
FEBRUA
1030-2662
ISSN
ts!
Y Projec
BEST DI
The VERY
02
1
9 771030 26600$
1290
$ 995* NZ
INC GST
INC GST
s
na l
e Sig
ernet
im
Ttim
S or the int
aingdtraio
without GP
e
R
of
cking
keep
Apps
droid to
MakingApAn
r
using p Inven
mputer
ade your Co
How to Upgr
Batter y
Multi-Log
ger
en 100A!)
10A (or ev
6-100V <at>
th this Micro ly
Workbench wi
Supp
Clean up your USB-controlled Power
&
Oscilloscope
EITHER . . . OR BOTH
The choice is YOURS!
Regardless of what you might hear, most people still prefer a magazine which
they can hold in their hands. That’s why SILICON CHIP still prints thousands of
copies each month – and will continue to do so.
But there are times when you want to read SILICON CHIP online . . . and that’s
why the online version www.siliconchip.com.au is maintained at the same time.
WANT TO SUBSCRIBE TO THE PRINT EDITION? (as you’ve always done!) No worries!
WANT TO SUBSCRIBE TO THE DIGITAL (ONLINE) EDITION? No worries!
WANT TO SUBSCRIBE TO BOTH THE PRINT AND THE DIGITAL EDITION? No worries!
SILICON CHIP, Australia’s most read, most respected and most valued electronics reference
magazine, makes it so easy for you. And even better, we offer short-term subscriptions
(as short as six months) so you can effectively “try before you commit”.
And, of course, as a subscriber, you’ll know you’ll never miss an issue AND $ave money!
Here’s the deal:
If you’re in Australia, you can subscribe to the print edition (only) of SILICON CHIP for $105 for a full 12 months
(12 issues) – that’s almost $15 less than the over-the-counter price AND we pick up the postage.
If you’re overseas, you can subscribe to the print edition – email us for the rates for your particular country.
If you’re anywhere in the world, you can subscribe to the online edition of SILICON CHIP for $AU85.
And, of course, from anywhere in the world, you can subscribe to both print and online editions – in Australia, the
price is just $125 (only $20 more than the print edition price). Overseas – again email us for the rates in your country.
While your subscription is current, you can download software, PCB patterns, panel artwork etc FREE OF CHARGE!
Want more information? Log onto our website and click on “subscriptions”
www.siliconchip.com.au
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
Raspberry Pi Pico – available from element14
element14 has announced the availability of the first product built on
Raspberry Pi-designed silicon: Raspberry Pi Pico. This new product brings
high performance, low cost, and ease
of use to the microcontroller market,
in a $5 development kit.
The Raspberry Pi Pico is available
to purchase from https://au.element14.
com/3643332
At the heart of the Raspberry Pi Pico
is the RP2040, a Raspberry Pi-designed
micro. It features two 133MHz ARM
Cortex-M0+ cores; 264KB of on-chip
SRAM; 26 GPIO pins; dedicated hardware for commonly used peripherals
and a programmable I/O subsystem
for extended peripheral support; a
4-channel ADC with internal temperature sensor; and built-in USB 1.1 with
host and device support.
The RP2040 microcontroller offers
high performance for integer workloads, a large on-chip memory, and a
wide range of I/O options, making it
a flexible solution for a wide range of
microcontroller applications.
Key features include:
Memory: 264KB of on-chip SRAM;
2MB of on-board QSPI Flash.
Interfacing and mechanicals: 26
GPIO pins, of which three can be used
as analog inputs. 0.1-inch through-
hole pads with castellated edges for
SMT assembly.
Power: on-board power supply to
generate 3.3V for the RP2040 and external circuitry. Wide input voltage
range, from 1.8V to 5.5V, giving designers the flexibility to select their
preferred power source.
Developer tools: simple drag and
drop programming via micro-USB.
3-pin Serial Wire Debug (SWD) for
interactive debugging. C-based SDK,
MicroPython port, and extensive examples and documentation.
To find out more about the Raspberry Pi Pico, visit www.element14.com/
community/docs/DOC-96021/
element14
72 Ferndell Street
Chester Hill, NSW 2162
Phone: 1300 361 005
Web: https://au.element14.com/
Crocus CT220 – the industry’s first TMR contactless current sensors
Mouser is now stocking the CT220
XtremeSense contactless current sensors from Crocus Technology.
The CT220 sensors are powered by
Crocus' XtremeSense tunnel magnetoresistance (TMR) 1D technology, which
enables them to detect slight changes in
AC or DC. The sensors offer a 2.7V to
5.5V supply voltage range and 1.2mA
supply current rating in a 5-lead SOT23
package. It measures the magnetic field
of the current flowing through a busbar or PCB trace and converts it to an
analog output voltage that represents
the field and current.
These sensors achieve a typical total
output error of ±0.5% while sensing
fields as low as 5mA. CT220 current
sensors feature an inherently high isolation, making them the ideal solution
for applications where product safety
compliance is a requirement.
These applications include motor
controls, solar inverters, power distribution units and power supplies,
and Internet of Things (IoT) devices.
To learn more, visit www.mouser.
com/new/crocus-technology/crocusct220-xtremesense-sensors/
Mouser Electronics Inc.
Phone: (852) 3756 4700
Web: www.mouser.com/
Postponement of ElectroneX to September 2021
AEE, organisers of ElectroneX, have
been closely monitoring the COVID-19
situation and following recent outbreaks and border closures over the
Christmas period, and have made the
decision to postpone ElectroneX (Electronics Design and Assembly Expo) at
Rosehill Gardens in Sydney until 1516 September 2021 which also brings
the Expo back into the normal September timeframe.
This cautious approach will provide
sufficient time for the vaccine roll-out
to be implemented and for state governments to provide more certainty in
relation to their border closure policies
106
Silicon Chip
which is currently having a major impact on interstate business.
Due to the lead time that is required
for the promotion of the show and the
need for companies and visitors to be
able to freely travel to NSW, we believe
this is the best decision to help ensure
the overall success of the Expo.
In accordance with the terms and
conditions, all contracts and payments that have been made will be
transferred to the rescheduled dates.
If you have any questions in relation to the rescheduling please contact Noel Gray on 0407 943 817 or Vee
Johnson on 0422 399 818.
Australia’s electronics magazine
AEE ElectroneX
Noel Gray – Managing Director AEE
PO Box 5269
South Melbourne, VIC 3205
Phone: (03) 9676 2133
Mobile: 0407 943 817
Web: www.electronex.com.au/
Mail: ngray<at>auexhibitions.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Send your email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
How to measure
harmonic distortion
I recently found out about your
magazine, and I bought several of your
older issues that were very helpful.
Do you have a magazine where you
described how to measure THD (total
harmonic distortion) on audio amplifiers? (B. G., Neu-Isenburg, Germany)
• We have not published a dedicated article on the topic, although we
have touched on it several times over
the years.
To measure THD of an amplifier,
you need to use a distortion analyser
and a low-distortion signal (sinewave)
generator. We have published several
articles on these in the past.
The most recent article is the USB
SuperCodec (August-October 2020;
siliconchip.com.au/Series/349) and
the matching Balanced Input Attenuator (November-December 2020;
siliconchip.com.au/Series/349). Those
articles also included details on analysis software that can be used in combination with the SuperCodec for measuring THD+N, signal-to-noise ratio,
channel separation etc.
In terms of a build-it-yourself instrument for distortion measurements,
the USB SuperCodec will be hard to
beat. We use an Audio Precision System Two, which cost quite a bit new
(and they still go for a fair bit of money used).
What is a PC stake?
I am building the High Power Ultrasonic Cleaner (September & October
2020; siliconchip.com.au/Series/350),
and I have a question about the parts
list. What is a PC stake? What does it
look like, what is it made of and what
is its purpose? Can I make one myself
(out of thick copper wire)? I can find
no mention of them on Jaycar’s website, for instance. (D. P., Noumea)
• A PC stake is a small hardened pin
(typically 0.9mm to 1mm in diameter)
that fits into a hole in a printed circuit
board (PCB). It is used to allow wires
to be easily soldered, or as a point
siliconchip.com.au
for connecting multimeter or oscilloscope probes.
They are generally optional, and
in this case, can be left off if you are
happy to directly solder wire or hold
a probe to the PCB pad. Jaycar sell PC
stakes, Cat HP1250 (they call them
“PCB pins”, which is the same thing).
Identifying charred
component for repair
I have an Ozito SNG-956 Staple/Nail
Gun that has a burnt-out resistor R1.
The circuit appears to use the typical
capacitor/resistor in series from the
mains to a bridge rectifier to provide
DC to the rest of the circuit.
I wonder if anyone knows where I
can find a circuit diagram for it, or the
value of R1.
This is quite an old tool, and unfortunately, Ozito can’t get the circuit
diagram from the manufacturer. so at
the moment, I’m stuck with not being
able to repair it. (B. P., Dundathu, Qld)
• If the resistor is in series with the capacitor feeding the bridge rectifier, it’s
likely to be a relatively low value like
1-10W. Its primary purpose would be
to limit the inrush current when power
is first applied, and perhaps act as a
‘fuse’ of sorts (it sounds like it did...).
It might also exist to drop some of
the voltage (although we don’t think
that is a very wise design decision), in
which case using a low value could
cause other components to overheat.
Increasing feedback for
Motor Speed Controller
I purchased an old gem facet machine with a ¼hp induction drive. It
shook, rattled and totally stuffed up
soft gem faceting. I have modified it
to work with a small universal motor
and your Full Wave 230V Universal
Motor Speed Controller (March 2018;
siliconchip.com.au/Article/10998).
Actually, I’m using two universal
motors, both running via the same
type of speed controller. One starts
and runs perfectly; I just needed to
Australia’s electronics magazine
adjust the feedback pot (VR2). The
feedback works well, maintaining a
fixed speed. This is important for a
faceting machine when cutting soft
gemstones; unlike diamonds that can
handle speed variations, the speed is
more critical for soft gems.
But the other universal motor will
not start, no matter the setting on VR2.
I connected a desk lamp in parallel
with the motor, and off it went. The
speed control was great; remove the
lamp load, and the motor continues
to run. However, there is a slow-speed
point where this motor stops rotating.
The only way to get it going again is
to have the lamp connected in parallel with the motor. I note that the
slow speed point on the other motor
is much slower.
It appears to be a back-EMF sensitivity constraint; this motor requires
a lower feedback threshold to start
and rotate as slowly as the other motor. Can I change the CT feedback loop
components to improve the sensitivity
for motors such as this?
Also, can some of the feedback
bridge’s values and its associated RC
network be adjusted to increase the
voltage feedback to the PIC? (J. T., Teneriffe, Qld)
• You would need to add more turns
of the mains wire through the transformer. That might be difficult as the
hole is a small diameter. Select 10A
mains wire that will allow more turns
through.
You could also increase the 510W
loading resistor that is across the
AX1000 transformer coil. A larger
value will increase the output voltage. We used 510W but, for example,
a 2.2kW resistor would give a higher
feedback voltage. There is a limit to
the output versus current response,
and it becomes non-linear with greater
resistance values.
Note: J. T. got back to us and said:
“I increased the 510W loading resistor
that is across the AX1000 transformer
coil to 1kW, and doubled the number
of winding through the CT. It works
perfectly now.”
March 2021 107
Larger display for RPi
Tide Clock
I want to build the Raspberry Pi Tide
Chart from July 2018 (siliconchip.com.
au/Article/11142), but I want a larger
display than the 2.8in TJCTM24028
screen you used. Do you know if there
is a larger screen that is compatible,
which could be plugged or wired in
to replace the existing small LCD? I
would like to put it in a frame that can
be placed on the wall for everyone to
see. (R.W., Mt Eliza, Vic)
• 3.2in and 3.5in variants of the
ILI9341-based 2.8in display we used
in that project are available, with the
same pinout as the TJCTM24028. We
suspect that the mounting holes and
SD card reader would not match, but
the 14-way header for the LCD and
touch appears to be the same in each
case (which is all that is needed for
the Tide Clock).
For example, see siliconchip.com.
au/link/ab6y and siliconchip.com.
au/link/ab6z
We haven’t tested any of these, so
we can’t comment with any certainty that they would work. Using any
other display controller (instead of
an ILI9341) would require a major rewrite of the code.
Note, though, that you would have
many more options for larger (and
cheaper) screens if you used one with
an HDMI input (ie, a small computer
monitor), which is natively supported
by the Raspberry Pi.
Effect of changing
crossover inductor
The recommended inductor for the
Majestic loudspeaker crossover (June
& September 2014; siliconchip.com.
au/Series/275), in series with the woofer, is a 2.7mH inductor. The Jaycar Cat
LF1330 inductor that was recommended is no longer available. With COVID
restrictions, most European suppliers
aren’t exporting down under.
I can get a 2.5mH air-cored inductor locally. Would this be suitable, or
would I need to make other changes?
(P. S., Hamilton, NZ)
• We doubt you would notice the difference. That is only a 7.4% difference
in value, and the tolerance of these
inductors is probably ±20% anyway.
There might be slightly more midrange getting to the woofer (it has the
bandwidth to reproduce up to a few
108
Silicon Chip
kHz). In the unlikely event that you can
hear the difference, and it is bothersome, you could add 180µH or 220µH
air-cored inductors in series with the
2.5mH types. Just make sure they are
mounted at right-angles, so their magnetic fields don’t interact.
Increasing DC-DC
Converter soft-start time
I am building the DC-DC Converter
to power the CLASSiC-D Class-D amplifier (May 2013; siliconchip.com.au/
Article/3774).
Would increasing the value of the
47kW resistor connected to IC1’s pin
4 and the 10µF capacitor be a suitable
way to increase the circuit’s soft-start
time? I have found that connecting
the Mk.3 power supply board with six
4700µF capacitors is too much all at
once, resulting in blown STP60NF06
Mosfets, and I am hoping that a softstart modification would make the two
projects compatible.
Also, the TL494CDR switchmode
controller is out of stock at element14
and Mouser at the moment. Are the
TL494IDR or TL494CD (both from Texas Instruments) suitable alternatives?
(E. B., Viewbank, Vic)
• You can slow down the soft-start by
increasing the value of the capacitor
(originally 10µF) at pin 4 of IC1. 22µF
or 47µF capacitors would be suitable.
The 47kW resistor value should not be
changed.
As for the TL494CDR IC specified,
the following types are also suitable:
TL494CN, TL494CNE4, TL494IN or
TL494INE4. In fact, any 16-pin DIP
version of the TL494 should work.
CLASSiC-D overheating
and motorboating
I built two of your CLASSiC-D ClassD amp modules (November-December
2012; siliconchip.com.au/Series/17)
from Jaycar kits, Cat KC5514. My construction experience is extensive, having been employed by a competitor for
six years as the national production
manager for local manufacture and kit
assembly and tech support.
After many years of continual use,
my Series 5000 150W modules have
died with the 2SK49 and 2SK134 transistors failing, so I decided to upgrade
the modules to the cooler/more efficient Class-D type and get more power,
240W into 4W.
Australia’s electronics magazine
I used a multimeter to check all
resistor values and used my phone
camera to zoom in on the diode and
capacitor markings to make sure I had
the correct values in the correct locations on the board. The larger components are easily read, so I completed
the PCB assembly and also drilled the
heatsinks at the full 75mm height.
The steps to confirm the board setup
is correct worked as per the instructions, and I can get a clear sound from
the amp modules. I’m using a ±50V
supply rails from a 35-0-35V toroidal
transformer. The amplifiers have tested with the correct voltages, and when
I plug in an RCA male to 3.5mm jack
cable into my mobile phone, I get
clear sound.
However, the heatsink is very hot
with no signal applied and no speaker connected. When I connect a signal
and 8W speaker, the sound remains
clear for about one minute, but then I
can no longer touch the heatsink, and
the amp has distortion until it is turned
down and cools a bit.
Also, when I plug in a DJ mixer or
other preamp device, the amp gets a
low-frequency oscillation at full power and the speaker is thumping at full
volume.
Unfortunately, I lost a lot of gear in
a bushfire, so I currently do not have
an oscilloscope or signal generator. I’m
hoping you can provide some insight
into what steps I can take to resolve
these problems. (D. F., Perth, WA)
• The heatsinks are probably running
hot due to the dead time not being sufficient for the Mosfets being used. You
can initially lift the 5.6kW resistors between pin 9 and pin 12 of IC1 on each
amp board to get the maximum dead
time setting (DT4). If the heatsinks run
much cooler, that tells you that it was
definitely the dead time setting at fault.
Our original design uses the DT2
setting. If DT4 works OK, you might
like to try DT3, which will give lower
distortion. To test this, change the
5.6kW resistor to 8.2kW and the 4.7kW
resistor, from pin 9 to ground, to
3.3kW. You will need to verify that the
heatsink temperature is still OK with
this setting, but if so, it will give you
better performance.
As for the low-frequency oscillation, that’s possibly due to the power
supply cycling up and down in voltage when delivering a high power
output. This is explained on pages
21 and 22 of the IRAUDAMP5 Refersiliconchip.com.au
ence Design document (siliconchip.
com.au/link/ab2a).
The recommendation to solve this is
to reverse the input and output phases
of one of the amplifier modules. This
is catered for on our modules by op
amp IC2 and link LK2. Simply move
the LK2 shunt on one of the modules
to the alternative position, then swap
the speaker wires to CON3 on that
same module.
Using Bridge Adaptor
with Class-D amplifiers
I built a couple of your Bridge Adaptor For Stereo Power Amps (July 2008;
siliconchip.com.au/Article/1887) from
Altronics K5566 kits, and they work
perfectly. Can this adaptor be used
with a Class-D amplifier? (P. N., via
email)
• It depends on the amplifier but probably not, because most Class-D amplifiers already run in bridge mode. If you
can’t tell from the amplifier specs/data,
check to see if there is continuity between either of the output terminals
and ground (generally if there is continuity, it will be with the black/negative output).
Continuity to ground suggests that
the output is not bridged and you
could use a bridge adaptor. Lack of
continuity suggests that it is already
bridged. You can also tell looking inside the amplifier as a bridged ClassD amplifier usually has two filter inductors per output (ie, four for a stereo amplifier).
12V to 15-35V Inverter
output dropping
I have just built the 12V 100W Converter With Adjustable 15-35V DC
Output (May 2011; siliconchip.com.
au/Article/1009).
At the top of page 79, there is a
graph which shows at 25V you should
get 3A. I have hooked up a 12W LED
floodlight (Jaycar SL3931), tested on
my bench supply at 25V DC as drawing 600mA. But the inverter output
drops from 25V to 9V and the current
increases to 1.5A, which is not good.
I can adjust the output voltage from
12V to 30V. The pin 5 voltage is 1.25V
but does change on varying the output. The voltage at the gate of Q1 is
very low, less than 1V. I cannot get a
steady 10V reading. Reading the project notes, it says I should get 10V at
siliconchip.com.au
the gate of Q1. I do not understand
whether this is with the circuit under load or not under load. At pin 2, I
measure a 32kHz signal.
Do you know why it can’t drive the
floodlight with 24V DC at 600mA? (M.
T., Upper Swan, WA)
• The lack of output power can be
due either to the input supply not
being able to deliver the required
current and so dropping the voltage,
or the current detection resistance is
high (R1 on the circuit).
Check the input supply and note
that it will need to provide over twice
the output current when delivering a
25V output with a 12V input.
If the input supply is holding up,
possibly R1 (the 0.025W resistor) is
the wrong value or the connections
to the PCB are high resistance. Check
the value and also the soldering of this
component to the PCB. You might have
a dry joint.
Power factor correction
and mains-borne noise
Leo Simpson’s March 2011 editorial (siliconchip.com.au/Article/921)
claimed that power factor correction
circuitry won’t reduce your energy usage or save money.
Yet in this IEEE article, they point
out that smart meters can misread
when dirty power is fed into them:
siliconchip.com.au/link/ab70
As power factor correction reduces
noise (aka dirty power), why wouldn’t
it reduce your power bill? (M. C., via
email)
• Power factor correction (PFC)
doesn’t usually reduce mains-borne
noise. In fact, it can increase noise on
the mains supply.
Capacitive PFC shifts the current
phase to be closer to the voltage waveform, to compensate for inductive
loads. It might provide some noise filtering, but that is mostly incidental to
how it works.
On the other hand, active PFC,
which improves the power factor of
switching supplies using switching
techniques, can inject more noise due
to its switching action.
Also, power factor correction would
typically be applied on the load side of
the meter. It’s unlikely to do anything
to affect incoming noise from external
sources, which must be significant if it
is passing through the low-impedance
mains distribution network.
Australia’s electronics magazine
The primary way to reduce noise is
filtering. Mains filters are simple and
readily available. If smart meters are
misreading, that suggests they do not
have adequate filtering on the input
side and their metering circuitry.
Freq/voltage converter
for RPM counter
Have you published a project or
projects that shows how to create a
DC voltage directly proportional to
frequency, for example, using the
LM2917 IC? I want to make an RPM
counter for the tail shaft of an irrigation engine. (P. H., Gunnedah, NSW)
• Try the Twin-Engine Speed Match
Indicator for Boats from the November 2009 issue (siliconchip.com.au/
Article/1622).
It could be used for a single engine
by tying the pin 10 non-inverting input of IC3c to ground and deleting IC2
(LM2917) and its associated components. There are kits available for this
project from Jaycar (Cat KC5488) and
Altronics (Cat K6220).
Amplifier and power
supply kits wanted
Do you happen to sell a kit for the
20W Stereo Class-A Power Amplifier
(September 2007; siliconchip.com.
au/Article/2341), including the chassis? If not, do you have the PCBs and
the chassis?
Also, do you have a linear DC power
supply kit that is not a bench type? I
want a supply with 5V, 9V, 12V and
15V outputs, either variable/switchable or a single output with 2A capability. Preferably with chassis. (D. S.,
via email)
• The only kit available for the 20W
Class-A amplifier with a chassis was
Altronics Cat K5125, but unfortunately, it has been discontinued. We believe that the case is no longer available. You would need to make your
own chassis from a standard vented
rack case or similar. We do have the
PCBs for that project, which you can
purchase via this link: siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/?article=2283
As for the power supply, we don’t
have a non-bench supply that meets
your requirements. However, you
might want to take a look at the
4-Output Universal Voltage Regulator (May 2015; siliconchip.com.au/
Article/8562).
March 2021 109
This has 5V and 3.3V fixed outputs
and adjustable positive and negative
outputs up to 22V. It does not have
2A capability, however, replacing the
LM317 with an LD1085 would likely
mean that you can draw over 2A (and
possibly as much as 3A) from the positive adjustable output, given a sufficiently beefy DC input supply and
enough heatsinking.
Failed LC Meter from
2008
I built the LC Meter described in
your May 2008 issue (siliconchip.com.
au/Article/1822) from an Altronics kit
that same year. I was so happy with the
result that I have not bothered to build
the updated versions described since.
However, when I went to use the
unit the other day, I noticed the
capacitance reading was high. I
checked the readings against several capacitors of known value and
found that all readings were out by
the same amount.
I could get useful results from the
readings by measuring a known capacitor first, calculating a fudge factor to correct the error in the readings
and then applying that factor to the
unknown capacitor’s reading. While
this allowed me to get on with the
work I was doing, I feared it might be
the start of bigger problems.
I went back to the instructions and
re-ran the calibration procedure and
found that it gave 0.00pF when started and 49435 with the jumper shunt
in LK2, but the display vanished with
the jumper in LK1.
I checked all solder joints and reflowed a couple of suspect ones without any change in the performance. I
cannot see any solder bridges. Any
suggestions of what I should check
next? (C. K., Parkhurst, Qld)
• There isn’t a whole lot to go wrong
in that circuit. The lack of display
suggests that the microcontroller isn’t
running. First, check that the output
of REG1 is a steady 5V (4.75-5.25V).
The fact that your readings shifted by a consistent amount before it
failed completely suggests that there
may be a problem with crystal X1. If
its frequency changed then that could
throw the calibration out, and if it
failed entirely then the micro would
not run. Check for a 4MHz signal at
pin 15 of IC1 (eg, using a scope or frequency meter).
110
Silicon Chip
If there is no oscillation then there
is something wrong with either crystal X1 or microcontroller IC1. If you
have a PIC programmer, it would be
a good idea to attempt to reprogram
IC1. While we find PICs very reliable,
there is a slight possibility that your
IC1 chip has failed. In that case, you
can order a replacement programmed
PIC from us; see siliconchip.com.au/
Shop/9/1277
If the voltage across the electro is
low, as is in many coupling circuits
where both ends of the capacitor are
nominally at ground potential, the orientation doesn’t matter. Typical electrolytic capacitors can tolerate a small
DC voltage of either polarity (up to say
±500mV) indefinitely.
Modifying the Four
Input Mixer
I have a question about the FM Wireless Microphone project from your
October 1993 issue (siliconchip.com.
au/Article/5343). I have been trying to
work out how the RF oscillator based
around NPN transistor Q3 works, but
I have not been able to.
There needs to be capacitance across
inductor L1 to form a resonant circuit.
Is this the Miller capacitance between
the transistor base and emitter? I cannot see where the feedback path is for
the oscillator, either. Sadly, the article
does not specify a value for L1.
If you could help me understand
how the oscillator works, I would be
most grateful. (A. C., Gembrook, Vic)
• The 1pF capacitor across inductor
L1 forms part of the capacitance necessary for oscillation to occur, but is
only a small contributor. Q3’s Miller
capacitance would also make a small
contribution.
The rest is via the 15pF coupling capacitor, which is in series with 33pF
and 15pF capacitors to ground. That
combination has a total capacitance
of around 6pF, and is effectively in
parallel with the 1pF directly across
L1. You also have to consider trace inductance etc which will significantly
reduce the effectiveness of that extra
capacitance at 95MHz.
As for feedback to make Q3 oscillate, that would be the 33pF capacitor
between its base and emitter. The base
and emitter are effectively 180° out of
phase, so that plus the phase shift introduced by that capacitor should be
enough to sustain oscillation.
Making RF oscillators work reliably
and at a particular frequency is a bit of
a black art. It must have taken quite a
bit of tweaking for Oatley to come up
with the circuit as presented.
We could be accused of going into
too much detail in our circuit descriptions these days, but your question
makes it clear that there was far too little detail in these early articles. There’s
continued on page 112
I want to build a variant of the
Versatile Four Input Mixer from
the June 2007 issue of Silicon Chip
(siliconchip.com.au/Article/2256). I
only want two inputs, one for a guitar
and the other for a CD player. Can I
delete the master volume control
(VR8) and only use the headphone
volume control (VR9)?
I want this project to be heard on
headphones only. Could you please
tell me what other components need to
be deleted or added, especially around
the master volume control.
Also, in this design, you have some
coupling electrolytic capacitors that
the input goes into the positive side,
yet there are some where the negative
side is fed a signal. How do you determine which way the cap is supposed
to go in these cases? (J. R., Hoppers
Crossing, Vic)
• You could take the connection that
goes to the top of the master volume
pot (VR8) and connect this to the top
of the headphones volume control VR9
instead. Remove the original connection from the main output. Then the
output socket and master volume control can be removed.
Electrolytic capacitors are orientated based on the expected DC voltage at either end, ie, with the positive
lead to the more positive side. You
need to do some circuit analysis to
determine the DC operating conditions at either end, or run a simulation, or just build the device with a
non-polarised capacitor and measure the voltage before substituting
an electrolytic capacitor.
One of the trickier aspects of this
sort of calculation is taking into account op amp or amplifier input bias
currents; analog IC inputs can source
or sink current, or do neither, and
sometimes that changes depending on
certain factors.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Help to figure out how
an oscillator works
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in SILICON CHIP
PCB PRODUCTION
KIT ASSEMBLY & REPAIR
PCB MANUFACTURE: single to multi
layer. Bare board tested. One-offs to
any quantity. 48 hour service. Artwork
design. Excellent prices. Check out our
specials: www.ldelectronics.com.au
VINTAGE RADIO REPAIRS: electrical
mechanical fitter with 36 years ex
perience and extensive knowledge of
valve and transistor radios. Professional
and reliable repairs. All workmanship
guaranteed.
$17 inspection fee plus charges for parts
and labour as required. Labour fees $38
p/h. Pensioner discounts available on
application.
Contact Alan, VK2FALW on 0425 122
415 or email bigalradioshack<at>gmail.
com
FOR SALE
GREAT VALUE PARTS and more are
found in the Tronixlabs eBay store via
tronixlabs.com.au – for enquiries
or support please email support<at>
tronixlabs.com
LEDs, BRAND NAME and generic
LEDs. Heatsinks, fans, LED drivers,
power supplies, LED ribbon, kits,
components, hardware, EL wire.
www.ledsales.com.au
ASSORTED BOOKS FOR $5 EACH
Selling assorted books on electronics
and other related subjects – condition
varies. All books can be viewed at:
siliconchip.com.au/link/aawx
Email for a postage quote, quote
photo numbers when referring to a book:
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
DAVE THOMPSON (the Serviceman
from S ILICON C HIP) is available to
help you with kit assembly, project
troubleshooting, general electronics and
custom design work. No job too small.
Based in Christchurch, NZ but service
available Australia/NZ wide.
Email dave<at>davethompson.co.nz
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith: 0409 662 794
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$19.50
*
PLUS P
&P
Keep your copies
safe, secure and
always available with
these handy binders
These binders will protect your
copies of SILICON CHIP. They
feature heavy-board covers,
hold 12 issues & will look great
on your bookshelf.
Silicon Chip Publications
Order online from www.
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/4
ADVERTISING IN MARKET CENTRE
Classified Ad Rates: $32.00 for up to 20 words (punctuation not charged) plus $1.20 for each additional word. Display ads in
Market Centre (minimum 2cm deep, maximum 10cm deep): $82.50 per column centimetre per insertion. All prices include GST.
Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale. To book, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and include your name,
address & credit card details, or phone Glyn (02) 9939 3295 or 0431 792 293.
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such
projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring
should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains
AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high
voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages
should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of SILICON CHIP magazine.
Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON CHIP disclaims any liability for the
infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any
liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the
Competition & Consumer Act 2010 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
March 2021 111
Notes & Errata
USB SuperCodec, August-October 2020: in the Fig.13 circuit diagram on page
88 of the September 2020 issue, pin 12 of IC7 (SDOUT) should not be shown
connected to pin 9 of IC6. Instead, it goes to the I2S_ADC1 connection at the right
edge of Fig.12 on p86.
Car Altimeter, May 2020: the design is missing one schottky diode (D8) which
connects from the cathode of ZD1 (schottky anode) to the positive terminal of the
battery (schottky cathode). This is needed to charge the battery. It can be added
to the underside of the PCB, as shown in the accompanying photograph.
Advertising Index
Altronics..................17, CATALOG
Ampec Technologies................. 20
Analog Devices..................... OBC
Dave Thompson...................... 111
Digi-Key Electronics.................... 3
Emona Instruments................. IBC
Jaycar............................ IFC,53-60
Keith Rippon Kit Assembly...... 111
LD Electronics......................... 111
LEDsales................................. 111
Microchip Technology.................. 5
Mouser Electronics...................... 7
Ocean Controls......................... 19
SC Colour Maximite 2............... 71
Silicon Chip Binders............... 111
Silicon Chip Shop...............98-99
6GHz Touchscreen Frequency Counter, October-December 2017: in the
circuit diagram on pages 30 & 31 of the October 2017 issue, a 1µF bypass
capacitor is missing between the anode and cathode of REF1. Also, in the
overlay diagram (Fig.3) on p86 of the November 2017 issue, the board shown
is RevA; the final (RevB) board adds a 100µF capacitor just to the left of REG2,
with its positive lead towards the regulator.
The April 2021 issue is due on sale in newsagents by Thursday, March
25th. Expect postal delivery of subscription copies in Australia between
March 23rd and April 9th.
hardly any mention in that article of
how the circuit works!
Disconnecting the
charger on full battery
Some time ago, you advised me how
to modify the “Add-On Regulator for
12 Volt Battery Chargers” published
in Electronics Australia, June 1997,
to charge a 24V SLA battery. I have
used it for several years, but I am now
planning to upgrade to a 24V Lithiumion battery.
If I set the charge voltage to 28.5V,
will I need to add extra circuitry to
disconnect the battery at this point?
Will one of the cut-out modules, as
available from eBay, be suitable for
this? (B. C., Dungog, NSW)
• Yes, you would need to switch off
the charger when the Lithium-ion
112
Silicon Chip
battery is charged. You could use our
Threshold Voltage Switch (July 2014;
siliconchip.com.au/Article/7924),
sold as a kit by Altronics (Cat K4005)
and Jaycar (Cat KC5528). Any other
similar device should also work.
Graphic Equaliser level
matching problem
I have been using an Electronics
Australia Graphic Analyser for many
years, even though it spends most of
its life in the cupboard. I drive it with
an electret mic which is switchable
between 600W and 50kW.
The problem is that to get a decent
level on the LED display, I must have
the sound level in the room extremely
high, to the point that I must wear ear
protection and only do it when nobody
else is at home.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Silicon Chip PDFs on USB....... 91
Switchmode Power Supplies..... 29
The Loudspeaker Kit.com........... 9
Tronixlabs................................ 111
Vintage Radio Repairs............ 111
Wagner Electronics................... 64
It has always been that way, but it
seems that it would be best to do the
process at a normal listening level.
Is there something I can do to increase the mic preamp gain, or might
there be some other problem? The
original build did have problems with
many dead or partially-dead quad op
amps. Might there be more remaining undetected? (R. A., Hunter’s Hill,
NSW)
• We suggest that you use a preamplifier to boost the microphone signal. Then you won’t need to have the
volume so loud.
You could use our Multi-Role Champion Preamplifier published in the
June 2015 issue (siliconchip.com.au/
Article/8609). It is inexpensive and
easy to build, and its gain can be adjusted to suit your needs. We can supply the PCB for that project.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
“Rigol Offer Australia’s Best
Value Test Instruments”
Oscilloscopes
NEW
200MHz
$649!
New
Product!
Ex GST
RIGOL DS-1000E Series
RIGOL DS-1000Z/E - FREE OPTIONS
RIGOL MSO-5000 Series
450MHz & 100MHz, 2 Ch
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
4USB Device, USB Host & PictBridge
450MHz to 100MHz, 4 Ch; 200MHz, 2CH
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
424Mpts Standard Memory Depth
470MHz to 350MHz, 2 Ch & 4Ch
48GS/s Real Time Sampling
4Up to 200Mpts Memory Depth
FROM $
429
FROM $
ex GST
649
FROM $
ex GST
1,569
ex GST
Multimeters
Function/Arbitrary Function Generators
New
Product!
RIGOL DG-800 Series
RIGOL DG-1000Z Series
RIGOL DM-3058E
410MHz to 35MHz
41 & 2 Output Channels
416Bit, 125MS/s, 2M Memory Depth
425MHz, 30MHz & 60MHz
42 Output Channels
4160 In-Built Waveforms
45 1/2 Digit
49 Functions
4USB & RS232
FROM $
479
FROM $
ex GST
Power Supplies
725
ONLY $
ex GST
Spectrum Analysers
789
ex GST
Real-Time Analysers
New
Product!
RIGOL DP-832
RIGOL DSA Series
RIGOL RSA Series
4Triple Output 30V/3A & 5V/3A
4Large 3.5 inch TFT Display
4USB Device, USB Host, LAN & RS232
4500MHz to 7.5GHz
4RBW settable down to 10 Hz
4Optional Tracking Generator
41.5GHz to 6.5GHz
4Modes: Real Time, Swept, VSA & EMI
4Optional Tracking Generator
ONLY $
749
FROM $
ex GST
1,321
FROM $
ex GST
3,210
ex GST
Buy on-line at www.emona.com.au/rigol
Sydney
Tel 02 9519 3933
Fax 02 9550 1378
Melbourne
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
Brisbane
Tel 07 3392 7170
Fax 07 3848 9046
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
Perth
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
EMONA
|